Insidious Meme

Symptoms – 01-11-2023

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

Clif High begins by sharing personal experiences of facing extreme weather, emphasizing the unusual nature of such events in his location. He touches on the consequences of these weather patterns, including how they affect daily life and chores.

High delves into the topic of extraterrestrial beings, particularly focusing on the 'Elohim' and 'Anunnaki', whom he describes as manipulative and harmful entities in human history. He disputes traditional interpretations of these beings as gods, instead presenting them as malevolent space aliens. This interpretation leads to a critique of religious beliefs, especially those of the Abrahamic faiths, suggesting that these religions have misconstrued alien interactions as divine encounters.

A significant portion of High's discussion is dedicated to critiquing the existing power structures and institutions that he believes have suppressed truth and knowledge, particularly in science and history. He argues that this suppression has led to a distorted understanding of our world and history, especially regarding extraterrestrial life and its influence on humanity.

High also discusses the concept of 'hypernovelty', which he defines as a period of intense and unprecedented change. He predicts that this period will lead to a breakdown of traditional structures and beliefs, causing widespread confusion and psychological distress. He anticipates that this will be particularly challenging for those deeply entrenched in religious and authoritative structures.

The document includes predictions about increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings, particularly highlighting the potential for conflict and the need for humanity to reassess its understanding of the universe. High also emphasizes the importance of individual and collective adaptation to these changes, advocating for a more open and questioning approach to the unknown.

#ClifHigh #Symptoms #Extraterrestrials #Elohim #Anunnaki #Hypernovelty #WeatherExtremes #AlienImpact #HumanHistory #ReligiousCritique #PowerStructures #TruthSuppression #ScienceDistortion #ReligiousMisinterpretation #PsychologicalDistress #UnprecedentedChange #Adaptability #QuestioningBeliefs #EnvironmentalChallenges #SocietalImpact #AlienConflict #HistoricalDeities #ManipulativeEntities #DistortedUnderstanding #AuthorityBreakdown #CollectiveAdaptation #OpenApproach #UnknownChallenges #IncreasedVisibility #InterstellarInteraction #UniverseUnderstanding #PredictiveAnalysis #Documentary #2024 #ContemporaryIssues

Key Takeaways:
  • Clif High discusses extreme weather patterns and their impact on daily life.
  • The document critiques traditional religious beliefs, proposing extraterrestrial beings as historical deities.
  • High challenges the authenticity of power structures in suppressing truth, particularly in science and history.
  • The concept of 'hypernovelty' is introduced, predicting a period of intense, unprecedented change.
  • High foresees increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings and potential conflicts.
  • The need for individual and collective adaptation to these changes is emphasized.
  • A call for a more open and questioning approach towards the unknown and established beliefs is made.
Predictions:
  • Emergence of 'hypernovelty', leading to a breakdown of traditional structures and beliefs.
  • Increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings.
  • Psychological distress and confusion due to the challenging of long-held beliefs.
  • Conflict and reassessment of humanity's understanding of the universe.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Elohim - Extraterrestrial beings mentioned in the document
  • Anunnaki - Another group of extraterrestrial beings discussed
  • Bret Weinstein - Referenced individual
  • Bo Polny - Referenced individual
  • Yahweh - Deity mentioned in religious context
  • Christ - Religious figure mentioned
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still January 11. Heading outbound now towards the coast. Got all my chores done.

Only one item I couldn't obtain, so that's pretty good. We have that anyway because of tourists will come on in and they'll, for whatever reason, there isn't enough stock, and the tourists will buy us all out of a particular item. But it's pretty good shopping today and got a bunch of my other chores done, so that's good. We've had to put some stuff off because of the weather. We had that terrible, terrible storm here.

105 miles an hour at snow qualmy falls pass, 70 miles an hour. In the other passes, we had 55 with gusts up over 65 at our house. Whole house is shaking. I'd had a bunch of trees taken down, so that was good. So we lost, had all the dead material removed off all the trees and just in time.

Had one fall and a bit of the fence got a ding in it, but that's okay. So not too bad, really. Fierce weather here. It's going to keep going like this for a few more days. I hear we're supposed to have a couple of inches of snow over these next couple of days.

At the coast, very unusual snow on the beach. Is just quite od. And got to get back in gear with the housing stuff next week. I had to put off a lot of work because of the weather. Right.

It's miserable out here working in the rain anyway, this kind of rain, it's being driven horizontal at a minimum. We've got continuous five, six mile an hour winds. So most of the rain will be coming down at a real acute slant and is going to be fierce to deal with. So right now, I'm having so much rain, I've got to slow down. We've got snow on the windshield.

Looks like it's going to hail. The big splatty snows, big fat guys. And so this will be a long, slow ride back to the property.

But like I say, got stuff done. Well, we got flooding on the road here. This is the last of my lowland roads, though, so pretty good. Only one flooding spot. And, man, is that some fierce hail anyway, so we can talk aliens for a while.

Them aliens are pretty pesky fuckers, right? They're still messing with us. We don't know a lot. We don't have any authority about the alien issue. We have old texts that point to the Elohim as being really nasty buggers, right?

And the Elohim, the Anunnaki, there were no good Anunnaki. Right? In spite of Kerry Cassidy thinking that. Buying into that bastardized version of the sumerian story of the Anunnaki. Which are the Elohim.

So in Hebrew, Akadian, Canaanite, which is also phoenician, Edomite, adalomite. Another language in that area. In all these languages, we have the word Eloah, right? For an individual. Elohim.

For an individual of that species. And so all these other languages discuss the Elohim. They talk about them as individuals. They have the titles for them and so on. The Jews turned them into gods, right?

The Anunnaki claimed to be gods to the Canaanites and the Akadians. But you don't really get the sense that those people really bought into that idea. We find that that's different with the Judeans. These guys were with the Judeans for a very long time. We don't know any of the particulars.

We don't have any kind of an authoritative record. We don't have any consistent record of when they came in and how they conquered us. We know some of the weapons, that kind of thing. And we're actually able to suss out a great deal of information about the Elohim. But we don't have a definitive kind of a timeline.

As to how all of this shit happened. And when we have to piece it all together. And we know that our history has been fucked over by the deep state. The Elohim worship cult, right? It's in their interest to keep everything tightly controlled.

Favoring their view of stuff, right? That there is an authority that the Jews were chosen by a God. And not just these strange space aliens, this kind of thing, right? So it's a real shock, by the way, for some of these Israelis. When you talk to them and you dispute that they're chosen people.

It's like it is so inculcated into them. That they can't fathom the world that they're not in charge because a God chose them, right? And then you get into it, and it really fries their mind. This one guy I was talking to actually spit coffee out. Because he was so exasperated by what I was saying.

It was just so disturbing to him. Anyway, though, the yellow heme are coming back. We got space aliens showing up. Got a lot of these ten foot high fellows walking around. We're seeing them in Brazil.

It may have participated to some extent in problems in Ecuador. Because of all of the villages around Quito that are being raided at night. And people abducted by these guys in tactical gear. And bear in mind, okay, these people in Ecuador, out in the villages at night, they go to a common central Wi Fi hub in the evenings, and they watch movies, right? So they watch the spanish language version of John Wick.

They watch men in black, all of this kind of shit. They know they are very astute. They're very capable of judging if it's a space alien or if it's a guy in tactical gear, all kitted up with some technology, and they're reactive to that. And now, in Ecuador, if you go and look at what's showing up online, there are discussions of how to deal with these face Peeler guys, right? Don't try and shoot the guy.

Shoot the platform he's standing on. Those are not armored, that kind of thing, right? And shotguns work best, these kind of things. And there's even a discussion, I saw where they were saying that these suits that they're wearing are not complete bodysuits. So if you've got good aim, you can take them out by shooting them in the neck where their flesh is exposed.

You can shoot at the wrist, but their ankles are covered with these weird boots that click into their hoverboards and actually, apparently, provide a guidance system through the body in terms of how to move the hoverboard. So the supposition is that what we're hearing from Ecuador is going to be replicated elsewhere, and that is that when these guys get off of the hoverboards, when they stop the things and step off of them, the hoverboards themselves will just sit there until they come back and click their boots into them. There may be a remote control. They may be able to get the hoverboard to follow them. There were a couple instances that we think that that was what was going on, but nonetheless, here we are, and these villagers in Ecuador are analyzing the technology that's besetting them and coming up with appropriate conclusions.

And it's because they've been educated by all these fucking movies. Really a funny situation.

So I was talking earlier about Bret Weinstein and his problems with talking to people other than academics that he now finds himself associating with and the distress that he's causing himself, as well as these others, by his inappropriate use of language. But that entirely stems from the framework that he operates in, which is his particular naradigm. That there is an authority in academia, is way up there in that authority structure. And he used to be in academia. Therefore, he has a prison kind of a mentality that your status is derived from what you were.

So he thinks he has a higher status than a lot of the other people in this movement. And his language betrays that, even though it is unconscious, right. He's not doing it deliberately, and it's because of his non awareness of the situation of the Wu brigades, right? The Wu army out here. And he just doesn't understand, right?

You say things like team and I really shouldn't use army, but because they both imply organized structure, and we don't have organized structure because that can be taken over by the Elohim worship cult, because these guys are really into organizations. That's how they work. They come on in and they say, oh, we need to organize, and then they take over the organization, and then you're under them. From that point on. If you don't organize or if you're in a self organizing collective, then you can say, yeah, piss off, Shlomo, we're running just fine.

You go organize your own ass. Right.

Anyway, though. So the Elohim are appearing, we're having more and more of these alien incidents. This should really escalate. Bear in mind, I pointed out all of this stuff around Christmas time that we're getting really close to meeting the neighbors. We've got a bunch of questions we need to ask though, right?

Because there are apparent battles on the moon, there's activity on the lunar surface that we can interpret based on our history as battles. It may be part of a war. Now, wars are organized by bankers, right? So battles are part of contention that will resolve themselves in a way unlike a war, which is always a negotiated settlement imposed by the banking authority when they've made enough money or they're tired of spending money on this particular activity. So wars don't end on their own.

Wars are guided to a conclusion by the bankers that are financing both sides. And that conclusion always favors the banker and neither of the participants in the war. So everybody gets fucked over by war except the bankers. Now what I'm trying to do, by the way, is to keep pointing this out, so that when we get into contention, the very first thing that all of us self organizing collective people do is we go and we fuck over the Elohim worship cult and we fuck over the banks right off the bat, so that if they do anything, if they try any kind of shit at all, they know it's going to come back on them right away, because that will be our opportunity. So the situation with the aliens and the hyper novelty is going to combine and the hypernovelty is going to exacerbate the appearance of the aliens.

And the aliens are going to further boost hyper novelty, because as soon as you got aliens walking around, then everybody can point to all of these abrahamic religions and say, yo, dude, you've been worshipping space aliens, right? There are no gods in the Bible. There's no God involved in the Old Testament or the New Testament. There's no God in Torah, right? These are all interactions between humans and space aliens.

And so we get into this situation now with the hyper novelty hitting us, where the total lack of authority is just going to fuck with all these people's heads that need that stuff to operate. So we know that if they hadn't killed them all off because of this episode we've gone through with Covid-19 that about two thirds of the population are compliant. Okay? So about two thirds of the population, whether or not they ended up taking a shot is immaterial. But about two thirds of the population are going to have a seriously hard time.

In hypernovelty, we will see episodes where non drugged up people are just like standing stock, still, unable to have their minds function enough to be able to take another step. It won't be that they're tired, it won't be any of that kind of stuff. It will be a mental condition that will arise as yet another part of the hypernovelty erodes of the naradigm that they've been operating on. And they're going to just have to work through it. Right?

That's the big part here, is that this is going to be collectively experienced, but individually experienced to the level, individually recovered. So we are not going to be able to recover the population. We're not going to be able to recover Christianity. It's going to have to go through all this shit. It's going to have to go way deep and deal with all this crap.

And it does not matter what is written in the books, okay? That's what people have to understand. I'm not debating anything in anybody's Bible, although I will debate you on that, because there's over 1000 versions of the Bible, and I've got like six or eight of them at home in various different hard format, and then there's hundreds that you can find in PDF format, and they vary widely. Many of them have two and three times the amount of text as the quote, official Bibles of know, the Geneva Bible, or the King James Version, or any of them, right? So the best versions, by the way, are the interlinear translation versions.

And there you read the actual word and what it actually means. And they have commentary on that word, why it's translated this particular way and so on. Because there are words that you could translate one way or another, depending on how you're seeing the case of that word. Because Hebrew doesn't have vowels, okay? So nobody knows how the Bible was pronounced.

So if someone were to sit down and read the Bible to you in Hebrew, you would have no fucking clue as to how it was going to be pronounced way back when. Because there were no vowels in the words, right? It's all consonants. So it's a weird kind of an experience that way. So our whole authority thing here of disappearing is going to impact all of this stuff.

As the space aliens come on out. Then you'll have more and more people that will be basically climbing onto this same boat that I'm on, right? Which is that the Elohim were nasty, abusive fuckers. And Judaism is a Stockholm syndrome that's been mistaken for a religion and a culture. And then it was just 2000 years of abuse of the Judeans.

And that's the real hard part to wrap your head around. The Jews are acting out the abuse, but their people never suffered it. There was no jew that was involved in the Middle east with the Elohim. It was all Judeans and Judahites, which are not Jews. The Jews come along, later, claim Judaism, which again, is a Stockholm syndrome that's been mistaken for a religion.

And they adopt it into a culture. And now we've got all these Hasidics running around doing Corbinot, which is ritualized crucifixion of christian children nine years or younger. That's really what they're after. And draining their blood and all this kind of shit, right? So it's an ugly situation that we've got going on here.

A lot of this, all of this stems from these fucking Elohim. We would not have this problem if we didn't have the Elohim in our past. And earth has. Humanity has a very nasty Elohim problem. And that nasty Elohim problem, according to my data sets and what we're seeing going on, which have been pretty accurate recently, that our Elohim problem is going to get very dynamic over this year, next year and so on.

And we're going to have to interact with these fuckers. And they appear to be interacting with some other party in a violent way in their lunar activities.

So now we have to start thinking about not only geopolitics but planetary politics in our solar system and who's doing what to whom and why. And we don't know any of this. It's all speculation. Anybody that says they know is full of shit. We need a collective effort to get at this stuff because we're unable to take anybody's word as authority on any of this stuff, especially as we go further into this period of hypernovelty.

And we will all even start questioning our own conclusions based on the fact that we've got these hyper novel conditions, right?

So I'm thinking that by April 3 or so, that first week in April is going to be filled with shit. I mean, we're going to have all kinds of crap going down. But the data set said that all the woo people around the planet would be really getting onto the same plane, so to speak, where we would all understand that, yeah, hypernobality is here, and we're feeling it, we're seeing it, things are happening, et cetera. Now, you're going to have a lot of the normies that are going to be resistant to hypernobalty. They will cling to authority like you would not believe, right?

Even though they've been abused by these elohim, and there's nothing but murder and sacrifice and flesh eating and blood draining and all of this kind of shit and war. And Yahweh is nothing but a murderous son of a bitch trying to create a steady stream of sacrifices to him because they eat the sacrifices, right? That's what a sacrifice is for. It's to give to the gods so that you don't have it, so that you are sacrificed, so that you are bereft of it. But what are you giving them?

Well, it's all food, it's all blood tithing, one way or another. And so we get this situation where these people, the normies, are going to seize on authority and grip it as hard as they possibly can and hold on with their fingernails and shit all the way down. So you'll have normies even after June, that will be in denial, that will be unable to cope. They'll be stock still in the middle of the road, and you just can't figure out what's going on with them because their minds will have literally seized up, unable to take another step because of the total lack of authority and because of the hyper novelty, it'll exhibit itself in all different kinds of ways. One of the great ways is collectively, is we're going to upend all of academia and say that, oh, all these guys are just stupid fuckers, and we've been played.

So Einstein was just put in place to play science. He did no science. He didn't invent anything. He didn't come up with shit. And then his buddies in the Elohim cult gave him a prize.

They called it the Nobel prize. And they gave him a prize for getting in there and fucking over our science and pushing down on Tesla. It's all connected, it's all coordinated. They can't have us have Tesla tech because there's too many of us and too few Elohim. And we'll go join.

Once we get a really good fleet of ufos and shit, we'll go join whoever the fuck is fighting the know. The enemy of my enemy is my friend, or at least he's my battle companion. So that's basically where we're moving now. We're going to start seeing more and more and more and more of these, let's say, distant or removed or not quite able to touch them, episodes of space aliens. And it's going to keep increasing and keep increasing.

This is not a project bluebeam. Space alien invasion. Project Bluebeam. The mere idea of Project Bluebeam is the Psyop. They want you to think that these things, the Elohim worship cult does not want you to ever recognize the Elohim on the planet because that degrades their ability to claim that they are chosen by God.

If you recognize that the Elohim are the, quote, gods in the Bible, and then the Elohim are walking around here, you can say, yeah, fuck that. Who gives a shit if the Elohim chose the Jews? Poor bastards. Right? But we know it's not the Jews.

It was the Judeans. But all this shit's going to come on out, it's going to really destroy Judaism. Just going to rake it over the coals, tear it apart. We're going to rip it open and say, what the fuck are you people doing here? Right?

That it is your law that everybody should go three times a year to Jerusalem. And when you go there, you're supposed to think good thoughts about boiling Christ in feces and urine and puke for thousands of years because he's the idolater that gets people to not worship the. So. Hmm. We're going to have to look at all of this shit, right?

Anyway, so those people know I'm in kind of a little fight with Bo Polny, and Bo poly is saying, oh, my God. He's saying that his God, that I need to come to his God, I need to come to some kind of an acceptance of his God in order that I might go to his God's heaven, it's like, no, bo, thank you very much. You're totally full of shit. You're worshipping an Elohim, and nothing in that book is valid. It could be all know Daniel's timeline, all of that shit can be all factual, but it is all based on space aliens and so no gods are involved.

So if you want to worship space aliens, that's fine. But if you come to me and tell me that I've got to worship your space aliens, I'm going to belt you in the mouth. I'm not going to have that shit, right. I'm not going to be put down and dominated and have an authority of a space alien put over me. And so it's like, no, dude, if you're dead set on that, one of us is going to die and it probably won't be me.

And also, I have something to tell Bo poly explicitly, I have been dead. Not an out of body experience, not a near death experience, a fucking dead experience three times. And let me tell you, Bo, there ain't no Elohim on the other side of the life death barrier. You will find none of your gods there, none of your angels. Christ is not there.

None of that shit happens the way you think it does. I'm sorry if your mind's going to explode over that, but that's just the way it is. Now, my experience, not necessarily the same as everybody else's experience when they die, but I've had that same experience three times I've been dead over the course of my 70 years. My first death experience was at age nine and a half, and my last one was at age 65. The experience has been the same.

The interpretation of it has been different because of my age at each episode, but it's the same fucking shit I went through each time. And I do not have the illusion. I didn't put any kind of a delusion on that death experience. I simply died, right? And so I didn't have any kind of a christian ethos.

I didn't see Jesus or any of that kind of shit. You will do that. You will experience some of that if you are very intently religious and so forth, but it's going to fall away within just a few seconds after death. And time doesn't exist there anyway. So anyway, we're coming up into the hypernobility.

The aliens are going to be a big part of it, and they're going to be a big part of it in multiple different ways, not only in terms of our technology and that kind of shit coming out because we're going to get alien technology. And then, as I say, the hypernovelty is going to crack open the authority of religion. The abrahamic religions are going to go into such a huge amount of turmoil, you cannot believe it. All internal, okay?

And so religions will fall apart. We'll see churches and this kind of stuff sold, probably see synagogues destroyed because of the shit that's underneath them. You may find towns that just get together and bulldoze the fucking synagogues down and start rooting around and seeing what's underneath them. Because this is not a religion. It is a cult, a murderous cult, a bloodletting, crucifying cult that is built around space aliens and space and abuse by those space aliens, which they keep acting out somehow thinking that that will save them, that there's something to be saved.

So christians think you're saved by believing in Christ, okay? Jews think you're saved by ritual acts that will appease the gods so that they'll look kindly on you. Well, the gods that they're trying to do this for are these Elohim bastards who are really ugly, ugly, murderous beings who have nothing good at all for humans. And so they want you to be anti human in order to have favor in their eyes. Crap, that stalker guy is on me.

So we'll see if he's going to hassle me when I come on up here to my stop. Anyway, though, the way it's all going to unfold, we can predict to some little tiny bit, but the individual particulars are going to be just so outrageous. We would never have said, oh, jeez, this is going to happen as a result of hyper novelty. We're just not able to do that because we've never been in a hypernovel situation before. We've never lived in a world without the Elohim as the ultimate authority.

And that's, of course, that's been imposed by these abrahamic religions, which take over, what, at least two thirds, maybe two thirds of the population of the planet? No, maybe like three, seven, something like that, are bound up in the abrahamic religions. And so those are the guys that are going to really have to go through some shit here as we get into our hyper novelty period, and they end up digging into their religion to see what the fuck it's all based on, and then they'll find out. They won't like it. There you go.

Fuck you. The stalker was too tight on my tail. I turned too quick. There were cars behind him. He had to keep going straight.

So I'm in. I don't have to deal with a fucker.

And I've got security systems all the helling on here. So I've got it all recorded. And I can prove that he tried to do something first. And that's how he ended up dead anyway. So there we go, guys.

Back. Now I got to go and do chores here. Just a weird day with all the storms and stuff. And then we're supposed to get the snow and I'll do some work. Yeah, okay, so I'll do some work later.

All right. Anyway, guys, hyper novelty is coming. Space aliens are here. And you're going to see more and more of them as we go forward into the hyper novelty. And just watch out for all the people that are going to freak out if you see them standing in the middle of the road.

Maybe help them off to the side. Probably wouldn't be able to do much more for them. But take it easy, guys.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


The Prophecy of Planet Earth – 11-01-2022

The Prophecy of Planet Earth - 11-01-2022

The Prophecy of Planet Earth - 11-01-2022

Episode Summary:

Elizabeth April discusses a profound prophecy concerning Earth's significance in the universe, as relayed to her by the Galactic Federation. She begins by asserting Earth's unique role, aiming to remind viewers of their purpose and cosmic identity. April mentions her intention to help viewers remember their essence and the broader meaning of existence, questioning humanity's place in the cosmos and our interactions with extraterrestrials.

She introduces an ancient prophecy, millions of years old, predicting a hybrid species that would end the greatest cosmic war. This species, a mix of high and low vibrational DNA, would be influenced by the oldest beings in the universe. Despite skepticism over time, Earth's creation rekindled hope in this prophecy.

April describes the Draconians (Reptilians) as Earth's early rulers during the dinosaur era, who were later joined by the Anunnaki seeking Earth's resources. The Anunnaki, advanced creator beings, created humans to mine resources, which caught the Galactic Federation's attention due to the rare collaboration between high-level Anunnaki and low-level Reptilians.

The Galactic Federation, upholding universal laws, closely monitored this creation, linking it to the ancient prophecy. They invited other species to contribute DNA to humans, making Earth a "prophecy planet." April suggests that at least 20 to 30 extraterrestrial species have mixed with human DNA, with Earth under close observation to ensure compliance with cosmic regulations.

April shares a remote viewing experience of Ancient Egypt, where she saw Galactic Federation ships decreeing an end to direct extraterrestrial influence over humans, marking a significant shift in our development.

#ElizabethApril #Prophecy #PlanetEarth #GalacticFederation #Anunnaki #Reptilians #HybridSpecies #CosmicWar #Humanity #Extraterrestrials #AncientMystic #DNA #Universe #SpiritualAwakening #Starseeds #OldSouls #Consciousness #AncientEgypt #RemoteViewing #CreatorBeings #Pleiadians #Draconians #Spirituality #CosmicHistory #AlienDNA #ProphecyPlanet #EarthSignificance #UniversalLaws #CosmicRegulations #ExtraterrestrialDNA #AncientCivilizations #CosmicPurpose #HumanEvolution #SpiritualJourney #CosmicShift

Key Takeaways:
  • Galactic Federation and Prophecy
  • 🌍 Earth's prophecy is considered the most important video the speaker has ever done, indicating the significance and urgency of the information being shared.
  • 🌌 The ancient Mystic predicted the existence of a hybrid species with both high and low vibrational DNA, destined to end the war of all wars.
  • 🌍 The Galactic Federation intervened in Earth's history, demanding that creator beings like the reptilians no longer directly influence human beings, allowing them to develop on their own.
  • 🌌 The Galactic Federation's strategy in ancient Atlantis was to give hybrid beings all knowledge, including technological advancements, telepathic abilities, and understanding of energy.
  • 🌍 The Galactic Federation believes that planet Earth and its species have a significant prophecy and purpose.
  • Human Choice and Awakening
  • 🤯 The speaker was shocked by the revelation they received, indicating that it was a significant and unexpected piece of information.
  • 💡 Human beings have the choice to activate either greedy and selfish DNA or choose unity and work collectively to better not just the planet, but the entire universe.
  • 💪 The awakened humans from Earth become the overseers of the universe, becoming so powerful that no other being can contend with them if they choose the light.
  • 😈 The dark side manipulates us to choose greed, power, and control, but the more corruption they push, the more we awaken to unity, equality, connection, and authenticity.
  • 🌍 Our mission as humans on this small floating planet is to utilize our free will and choose who we want to be and how we want to show up for ourselves and the planet.
  • Extraterrestrial Involvement and Origins
  • 🤔 The speaker raises thought-provoking questions about our existence, such as why extraterrestrials are interested in us and if we are an experiment or something special.
  • 🤔 The history and purpose of humanity on Earth has been a topic of interest and inquiry, prompting questions about our significance and the reasons behind extraterrestrial involvement.
  • 🌍 The creation of humans by the Anunnaki and reptilians is highly monitored and debated by different councils, raising ethical questions and considerations about the future of this species.
  • 🌌 Buddha and Jesus were believed to be galactic volunteers who incarnated as humans to unlock dormant aspects of human DNA and teach others that they can do the same.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Prophecy of Planet Earth - 11-01-2022

Elizabeth April

Hello, beautiful beings, and welcome back to another Live. This is an extra special live. I'm trying to figure out my camera Extra Special Live, because I don't know, I think this is probably the most important video I will probably ever do. And I've talked quite bit about Earth's Prophecy just in videos prior I've mentioned it, and I thought I really dedicated a video to it until I searched the website and realized that the only dedication that I've done to explaining in full Earth's Prophecy was actually in a lecture that I did a couple years ago. So I was madly writing all the information down right before this.

And so I came on a little bit late because there's a lot it gives me full body chills to be able to relay this information to you. I would say my intention today in relaying the information would be to help you remember who you are, why you're here, and really what the point of all of this is. One of the original questions I had when I first started to go into deep states of transmeditation was exactly that. Who am I? But even beyond that, who are we?

Why are we here? Why are extraterrestrials even bothering with us? What is the point of this? Are we an experiment? Are we something special?

Or are we truly just a third dimensional antlike species existing among many others in the universe? And what I want to start with is this planet is one of the most important planets in this entire universe. And, yeah, that sounds like an absolutely crazy loaded statement to make, but it's true. And today I am about to lay out exactly why I believe that is the case. And yeah, hang on to your Tukes.

Had to throw in a Canadian thing there. All right, yeah, before I get into it, it's a lot of information, so I would say don't even bother getting out your notebooks. I think that this is a video where you just need to sit back, let it all sink in. As always, if it resonates with you, it's for you. If not, don't worry about it.

It's not for you at this time, and that is totally okay. Okay. So before I go into it, as always, please be sure to give this video a thumbs up. Subscribe to the channel if you do enjoy this sort of content and share. This is definitely a video that you want to be sharing across your social media networks because this is going to speak to every old soul.

This is going to speak to every star seed out there. This is probably going to explain more than, once again, any other video I've done. This is a full overview of exactly what planet Earth is and who we are and how we came to oh, it just gives me so many chills. All right, two announcements. One, we've got new merchandise that just dropped, so please either Estelle or Lauren.

Link it in the live chat, link it in the comments below. Pin that comment and then also put it in the description for those of you who are not live watching this. So, yeah, check it out. I really do myself love the merch. So really we wanted to get it for people who are going to the conference coming up because everyone at the conference was like, how do we know?

We're all EA fans. And we figured, why not just allow everyone to buy a T shirt and then we're together. Also, I want to say that the T shirt has the word team on it. And for a very long time I've been wondering what to call my community. And there's a lot of other spiritual teachers and even musicians who have a name for their community.

But what I don't like about having a name for the community is that it always feels like it's the community and then it's the musician, the celebrity, the teacher. And I just don't like that. I just don't like feeling separate. So I figured, why not call everyone my team, right? Because that implies that we're all in this together.

You guys are my teammates. We are a team. And yeah, maybe I'm the captain of the team, but we're together in this. That's kind of what I want to call you guys. Not that I'm going to use that reference too much, but I really do like that concept of us being a team, you guys being my teammates.

And I couldn't do this without you, you can't do this without me. And together we're shifting the world, right? This is not just not an individual sport. It really isn't. And it really helps that the letters EA are right in the middle of team.

So that's kind of fun, too. All right, cool. And then last announcement is I hope to see a lot of you in Las Vegas next week for the Stairway to the Stars conference. I'm so excited your day pass will get you into my workshop. So I think I have a room of 300 and there might be I don't know how many people are going to show up, to be honest.

So, yeah, hopefully you line up for that. And I'll also be doing book signing and I will be selling, I think, some T shirts and giving away posters and all of that great stuff. And of course giving lots of hugs and taking lots of photos with all of you. So hope to see you there next week. Thank you so much, Doc Matthews, for that super chat.

Let's get into oh, it's look at this. Look at all my notes. All right. Okay, let's just start. So earth's prophecy.

Why are we special? What are we doing here? What's the point of all of this? What is this history? Who are we?

Here's? How it got started. This is what I was told back in 2011 and 2012 from the Galactic Federation when I asked them directly, why are we special? What is the point of humanity? What's going on?

Why are you extraterrestrials even utilizing your resources on us? Why? Right? Why would you do that? So here's what the information that was relayed to me.

Okay? So a very long time ago, like we are talking millions, if not tens of millions of years ago, there was an ancient mystic extraterrestrial who said that one day there would be a species who would end the war of all wars.

This species was meant to be the children of some of the oldest and most powerful species in the entire universe.

This species, this hybrid species, would have some of the highest and some of the lowest vibrational DNA within them.

The creators of this species would have a hand in indirectly influencing their creation.

For many, many centuries, this prophecy hung around the Galactic Federation. We're not just talking one mothership. All of the Galactic Federation throughout all of the universe knew in this prophecy that this ancient, very well known mystic had this vision that there was going to be this species once again to end the war of all wars. However, year after year, generation after generation, this prophecy went unfulfilled, and the hope in the hearts of so many began to fade. And eventually, after many centuries, that prophecy became more of a legend, more of a fable, really, that you would tell your galactic children that one day there will be that species that will help us all.

But once again, just a story, just a fable, not reality. Gives me chills. Until one day our solar system came into creation. And remember, these things take time, take a lot of time. So at first it seemed like really nothing special, other than the fact that this planet in particular, planet Earth, was able to house a variety of life forms.

But the diversity here was not unmatched by other planets. There are many other planets in the universe who can also house a variety of life forms and species. So once again, wasn't even on the radar of the Galactic Federation that this solar system and this planet was anything special for a very, very long time.

So then along come the Draconians, if you don't know, it's another word for the reptilians. There are many different subspecies of reptilian Draconians, and there's many other words for them as well. And there's a variety of them. Some have wings, some have tails, some have no wings and no tails, and so on and so forth. Some are taller, some are shorter.

Anyway, so the Draconians arrive on planet Earth, and at that time, planet Earth was still in its infancy in a lot of ways.

Now, the Draconians basically ruled during the time of the dinosaurs, and they ruled for quite a long time. They were the most intelligent and technologically spiritually advanced species on planet earth for generations, and they lived hundreds of years, many generations. They ruled this was their domain, this was their planet. Okay, all right. Then along come the Anunnaki, because the Anunnaki needed some of the resources that were on planet Earth.

And you might have heard this before. There are ancient Sumerian tablets and even different ancient books. I don't know if it's the Book of Thoth. I haven't read any of these myself. I've just channeled and received this information.

But this has been documented. Eventually, the Anunnaki come to planet Earth to mine resources. And at first, it was just the Anunnaki who wanted to mine these resources. And then they realized that they didn't have enough of these Anunnaki beings to mine all of the resources that they needed from planet Earth. Not to mention, the Reptilians were not very happy that the Anunnaki were on their planet taking their resources, even though the Reptilians didn't have any need at all for gold.

They didn't really like the invasion. And it was a bit of a standstill, I would say, because the Anunnaki were extraordinarily more advanced than the Reptilians in so many ways. The Reptilians on planet Earth were very rudimentary. Yeah, they were way more advanced than, say, the dinosaurs who were here, but they were still quite rudimentary. And yes, they had technology, but still very rudimentary compared to these highly advanced creator beings, which is what some individuals refer to the Anunnaki as.

And I'm not even going to get into why they're called the creator beings. Anyway, so the Anunnaki said, okay, Reptilians, how about this? How about you help us mine this gold? And the Reptilians were like, no freaking way. You're on our planet.

We're not going to help you with this. If anything, we want something from you. And eventually, the Anunnaki decided to create a species of being. Now, they've done this before, so planet Earth and human beings were definitely far from the first being they've ever created. The Anunnaki have a very and now I'm going into why they're creator beings.

Before that, they had a very, very long history in creating other humanoid looking beings all across the universe. So some of the oldest species in the universe were actually created or at least assisted in their developmental evolution from the Anunnaki, such as the Pleiadians. Yep. You didn't know that, but now you do. The Pleiadians were actually created in part anyway, or at least assisted in their evolution by the Anunnaki.

And once again, the Anunnaki have had hand in many other beings. Now, the Anunnaki are a little bit irresponsible. They will create beings, typically for their own need, and then they will abandon those beings and move on. And over time, these beings grow and develop and flourish, and some of them die off, but some of them grow and develop and flourish and become Pleiadians, or humans as well. So here's what happened.

The Anunnaki took a foundation of DNA on planet Earth. They developed their own sort of being with those foundations. And now the Reptilians were really pissed off. They're like, whoa, whoa, whoa. So here you are coming to our planet, creating another species for mining our resources.

What are we getting out of this? And the Anunnaki said, well, I mean, if you wanted to, you could have some humans too, right? There are slaves. They could be your slaves too. Like, if you want to do something with them, you could.

And that is when the little light bulb went off with the Galactic Federation. So one of the main reasons or purpose of the Galactic Federation is to take the laws of the universe and ensure that every species, every civilization in the universe is abiding by those laws. So in that way, the Galactic Federation doesn't make up their own laws. They just abide by the laws of the universe, and they ensure that everyone else is abiding by them too. That being said, when a very highly advanced species like the Anunnaki decide to just create a new species somewhere in the universe, it's highly monitored and highly watched, right?

And there's many different kind of checks and balances and different councils that have discussions on, is this ethical? Is it breaking any of the laws? What is the kind of the future projection of this species? And so on and so forth. When they started to take a look at what the Anunnaki and what the Reptilians were doing here on planet Earth, this ancient lost old legacy, this prophecy, this fable came back around.

And the reason why the fable, the prophecy of the species created to end the war of all wars, the reason why that came up, the reason why that was triggered, is because it is very, very rare, very uncommon for such a low level species like the Reptilian and such a high level species like the Anunnaki to be working together. And yes, as a matter of fact, they have worked together in the universe before out there. Have the Reptilian, the Draconians, and the Anunnaki ever created a species together? Absolutely not. And so here we have the birthplace of human beings, but we also have the realization that this, this planet, this new budding civilization, this new budding species being created by the Anunnaki and the Reptilian, that this was going to be the birthplace of that civilization, of that species.

And so then the Galactic Federation said, okay, let's continue this. And that's when the GFL started asking other species to come to planet Earth and also mix their DNA with human beings. And it didn't take long before this rumor of the prophecy planet has been discovered. Gives me freaking full body goosebumps to take hold. And it wasn't long that they were asking for species, but all of the different civilizations, colonies, planetary systems, all were coming to the Galactic Federation to say, we want to be a part of this, if this is legit, if this is the real deal, we want in.

And so even the process to accept what species were going to be here to meld their DNA with us and how they were even going to splice their DNA and if it was even possible, the amount of testing that was done. Which is really kind of funny because the anunnaki were like, yep, we've done this before, we're going to do it again. And then the reptilian were a little bit different with how they a little bit more rudimentary, let's say.

And the Galactic Federation just went full scientific, like full steam ahead on the science behind it. So after that, a lot of the genetic manipulation that happened on planet Earth was done in a much more gentle way and a much more scientific way. So, for example, it would be more like petri dish type of stuff to ensure that it was correct. The Galactic Federation is very, very specific in genetic mixings. So a really good kind of maybe not a great example, but the closest example that I can think of is, like, dog breeds, right?

There are certain dog breeds that really should not be bred together. Very similar in the universe. There are different species that definitely should not be bred together. And the Galactic Federation oversees okay, okay, I'm just going to find where I left off. So I believe from what I've seen through remote viewing ancient history, I've seen a lot of timelines and time periods.

Of course, I haven't seen it all. It would be a lot to go over. But from what I've remote viewed, I believe that there are at least 20 plus, maybe 20 to 30 different species DNA mixed in with us. Okay, and thank you guys so much for those super chats. So 20 plus.

Now, ever since this was discovered as the prophecy planet, we have been so closely monitored. We have been incredibly monitored. Like, this whole planet's on lockdown. And anyone who wants to come in has to get approval. And I'll tell you this, and I'm sure you probably already know, there are many species who do not get approval, who just want to sneak in and either want to observe or actually want to test us without approval.

And then there are repercussions and consequences to those beings doing those things by guess who? Of course. The Galactic Federation. Right? Okay, I'm going to kind of skip ahead a little bit.

So a part of my curiosity and remote viewing on who we are and how this all unfolded and all the species that mixed with us and so on and so forth. And whatnot I want to tell you about a very specific, very powerful it's not a vision. It was just a remote viewing. It was just a piece of my remote viewing history. So I was remote viewing Ancient Egypt.

And what's really cool about remote viewing history or really like a lifetime, like a past life. And I learned this from past life regression, is that you can so I can be basically you're out of your body, you're in a location. So I could be taking a look at the pyramids of Giza, for example, and then I could say 100 years in the past, 2000 years in the past, 5000 years in the past, the next generation. I can skip through time just by setting that intention and then I'm there. So I was observing Ancient Egypt and I was just observing it being built and civilizations growing and expanding and all of the things.

And at a certain point in time there were these giant ships, okay? There was three of them. So here I am on the outskirts of Egypt by the Great Pyramids, and there are these huge ships. Like I'm telling you, they cast a shadow down to the ground that just covered all of Egypt. And I'm like, whoa, whoa, whoa, what's happening here?

And these were the Galactic Federation ships that came down over Egypt that basically told all of the species that were influencing human beings, this hybrid species. And they said, you can no longer be here anymore. You can no longer have influence over the humans anymore. Direct influence. Okay?

Now I want to mention that at that time, through many generations, ancient Egypt was actually being ruled, get this, by our creator beings. I'd love to call them Ma and PA, but really they were our creators. So who did we have here? This is what I've seen in my remote viewing visions. So in Ancient Egypt in particular, which I think something that's so powerful about Egypt is that it was truly a melting pot of all of the species and civilizations very similar to Atlantis and Lemuria.

But Egypt in particular, there were the Lyrins, there were the Blue Avians and other avian humanoid type species. Of course there were the Anunnaki that were influencing human beings. And of course there were the Reptilians who were also walking around along with the Pleiadians at that time, walking around and they were regarded as gods. And so there were different phases of each of these creator beings, each of these god like beings who were overseeing their creation and who all had a different role to play in our influence back in Ancient Egypt. And then of course in many other ancient sites all throughout the planet.

But that was one of the most significant moments of Earth's history. Is the Galactic Federation coming down pretty much demanding these orders. You can no longer be directly influencing human beings anymore. They need to be on their own. So guess what?

The Reptilians were like, whoa, whoa, whoa, no way. This is our planet. You can't tell us to get off of our planet. The humans were created after us and we are staying now. Up until this point the Reptilians were very much so.

I called them the managers of the humans, and they were not very nice to us at that time because in a sense, the reptilians felt an ownership over human beings. The Anunnaki, the Avians, the Pleiadians, the Lerins, they were like, okay, cool, yeah, no big deal. Like, we'll leave. Even the anunnaki who really originally created us or helped us take that evolutionary leap, they didn't care. They've left.

They've done this before. So, like, okay, peace out. Actually, they were like, we were going to leave anyway, so we must be getting out of here. The reptilians, absolutely not. At that time, some of them did indeed leave, but the majority of them stayed.

And so because they were, I don't want to say, like, legally bound to here or allowed to be here. Part of the law of the universe is, yeah, they had a right to be here, essentially. So there was a contract created between the galactic federation and the reptilian beings to say, okay, if you're going to be here, then you just cannot have a direct influence over human beings, and you cannot be seen by them. You are not allowed to be seen by the humans. So what did they do?

They went underground. Now, the reptilians are very used to living and being underground because over the years, over the many, many centuries, the planet has gone through quite a few different pole shifts. And every time there's a pole shift, there's usually some sort of cataclysm or multiple cataclysms that are incorporated within those pole shifts, whether it be crazy volcanic eruptions, massive earthquakes, huge flooding, melting of one polar region, and freezing of another, a new polar region, and so on and so forth. And the way that the reptilians have survived these crazy pole shifts throughout earth's history is to go underground. It's kind of their second home.

Think about alligators. How long have they been around for? A long ass time. Okay. I don't know.

They continue to survive. So they went underground, and it took a little while, but the reptilians decided, yeah, well, this is what's in our contract. We're not allowed to do this. But they never said anything about this. And that's when they decided to control us without being seen and without directly manipulating or directly controlling us.

And that's when they're like, oh, my god, look over here. You should be really scared of this thing. And we're like, oh, really? Okay, yeah, we're definitely going to be scared of that thing. Hey.

They're still abiding by the laws of the universe, and that's why what they've been doing has been allowed, is because they know the laws of the universe, they know the laws of karma, and they continue to get away with their actions because of that. And of course, they won't anymore, because, simply put, the vibrational frequency of the planet is going to literally either make them shift or kick them out. Right? There's no running from they can manipulate a contract, but they can't run from vibration, if that makes sense. Okay, I'm just going to go back to my notes.

They were all sent away. Reptilians were still here, sent underground. Okay, it's a lot, it's a lot. But hopefully this is vibing with you. Hopefully this is resonating or bringing something up in your little, your star seed soul.

Okay? So reptilians were manipulating covertly.

So when the Reptilians started to manipulate covertly, because this planet was known at that time as the prophecy planet, the Galactic Federation said there's nothing we can do about the Reptilians manipulating humanity. And the reason why is because, and I know it really sucks, but whatever, obviously they weren't abiding by they weren't crossing any of the laws of the universe, so the Galactic Federation couldn't say anything about that. But then also we were really their creation. The Reptilians were part of us. And the prophecy of this species to end the war of all wars, it states, and I said it here, that the creators of the species would have a hand in indirectly influencing their creation.

It was a part of the prophecy to state that the creators of this species were allowed to have an indirect influence of their creation. So here's where the Galactic Federation steps in with their own individual strategy. So they said, if we can't really do much about what the Reptilians are doing with this really powerful species, this hybrid species, then what can we do to offset that manipulation? And there was a large variety of things that the Galactic Federation strategized and implemented to try and get us back on the right track. And I'll give you an example of one of the biggest things that they did and then I'll tell you what they did that finally stuck.

I had a whole conversation with them and I think they gave me like four or five examples because I was really curious, but this is one of the ones that I remembered. So back in ancient lemeria and then ancient Atlantis, one of the Galactic Federation strategies was to give these hybrid beings all knowledge, okay? And when I mean all knowledge, it means that humans and I want to go humans at that time because they were more hybrids than, say, what we are today. A lot of our DNA has been kind of deactivated, in a sense. So back then, we were much more activated and we were allowed to be born into Ancient Atlantis and be born into Ancient lemuria with all of our soul's memories.

Which means that all technological advancements from the cosmos, all DNA strands, all things like telepathic abilities, even telekinetic abilities, understanding of energy, reincarnation, all of our information was accessible to us back at that time. Fantastic, right? Wrong. Here's what happened. Here's the problem with having access to all of the information and being stuck in a body and a planet that didn't necessarily have all of the same things that we have out there, especially atlanteans Lemerians, were much more, like, chill about their knowledge, much more sacred about their knowledge.

Atlanteans what happened was they wanted to advance very rapidly and they had no accountability because they were just essentially born with a silver spoon in their hand. Okay, I don't want to say they didn't have to work hard to gain access to that information, but they just took it and ran with it. And the problem with that is they wanted to advance and develop and move forward so quickly without any checks or balances, without any accountability, that basically they needed to be stopped.

And the Galactic Federation was like, well, shit, that was not the right thing to do, to give them everything, all knowledge, all information, all access to technology, because they were almost too powerful, too quickly without the accountability. That's what happened with Atlantis, okay? And I have actually a whole Atlantis video if you want to check it out on my website. And you want to know more about that.

Okay?

Yes. Another example of what the Galactic Federation tried to do over the years to help offset the manipulation from the reptilians was, and this is a really funny one, I personally felt like I laughed at this one, but maybe you won't find the same humor. So they sent angels, angelic beings down as messengers. Isn't that interesting? Doesn't that remind you of a couple of religious stories?

And the problem that's just so funny, the problem with sending angels down to give messages to human beings who have forgotten, right? I mean, like, Atlantis failed, so let them be born without any of their memories so that they can learn and develop and grow and figure it out on their own. And then when they do discover how powerful they are, they have responsibility and accountability and they understand consequence. Great, fantastic, right? But when you're sending angels down to a civilization who just really has no clue what's going on, this poor civilization is going to completely misinterpret the messages of angels and create religions around it.

So that failed too. One of the first things, one of the first Galactic Federation strategies that actually worked in helping humanity in a positive, powerful, high vibrational way, rather than the suppression and the mistreatment and the separation and the fear mongering that was coming from the reptilians is actually okay, and there was a couple more before that. Buddha was the original experiment, at least one of the original, and like I said, there were more before that as well. Buddha was one of the original experiments after Atlantis fell, where the Galactic Federation says, okay, well, we're trying with the messengers, we've tried to give all information. How about we take one of us and we actually volunteer to incarnate as a human being and give information that way?

Therefore we look like them, we talk like them, we act like them. But we have a higher frequency, which is going to unlock dormant aspects of our DNA, which is going to teach other humans that they can do this too. Guess who was the follow up from the Buddhist experiment? That's right. Good old Jesus bringing religion in again, right?

Jesus was probably one of the most well known experiments of galactic star seed incarnations that have ever existed. And what we fail to remember these days is that you and me are also these galactic volunteers choosing to be humans. The problem is that the first lifetime that you chose to be a human, all of that time ago, you're like, yes, you are so pumped up to help humanity shift into a higher frequency, give all the information, bring back your remembrance, and then really shit hit the fan. And it was really difficult to be a human. And it was very dense here, and there was a lot of emotion and confusion and misinterpretation of what you're trying to teach, and you got a little bit disappointed, and then you reincarnated again and got a little bit more disappointed and reincarnated again.

And then all of a sudden, you kind of gave up on your mission because you're like, Screw them, they're just not getting it. As a matter of fact, I'm getting killed every single time I try and change someone's mind.

And here we are. There's, like, a little side feature to this information. So finally, it was through the experimentation of galactic volunteers that the Galactic Federation finally understood how they could help, in an indirect way, this very highly prophesized planet Earth, and very highly prophesized species.

Okay, I have a couple more points that are really important.

Okay, so it was just about two years ago, so I did a bunch of remote viewing. I asked my questions to the Galactic Federation. I received all of that information. And then it was two years ago. Actually, I want to say it was more so, like, five years ago, maybe six years ago.

It was back in 2017. I remember I went up to the Galactic Federation mothership and I asked them directly, and I said, you know, I've never really thought about it, but once human beings choose and we're going to get to fast forward of what are we supposed to do here? Right? Like, what are we now as this hybrid prophesized species? What are we supposed to be here do here?

So I said, Once we become awakened, then what? How are we, the species to end the war of all wars? And they would not tell me. They would not tell me. They said, you are not meant to know right now.

And humanity is not meant to know right now. It wasn't until two years ago, so I want to say, like, maybe 2020, maybe 2019, maybe even 2021. Honestly, it's like, kind of a blur. But they finally told me, and it really blew my mind. Okay, so I always originally thought, upon hearing all of this information about our history and our development and the prophecy, I always thought that, okay, well, human beings have some of the highest and some of the lowest vibrational DNA in the entire universe in our body.

We have that in our body. And these incredibly powerful beings are our mothers and our fathers. They are our creators, right? In a sense. So I always knew that it was a choice.

It came down to a choice. And, yes, we could be indirectly influenced. However, it was up to us, and it still is. It's up to us and our own free will to choose what DNA we want to activate. Do we want to be greedy and selfish and do we want all knowledge and information and power and wealth and resources for ourselves?

Or do we want to choose unity? Do we want to choose working collectively together to better not just this planet, but the entire universe? What choice do we want to make? What DNA do we want to activate? I always knew that it was a choice, and I just figured, because they wouldn't tell me back in 2017, I just assumed that based on the choice that we make here, all of the reptilians Dracos, all of the Pleiadians, all of the Galactic Federation just have to say, okay, great.

Hello, everyone. Yes, so the humans have chosen and they chose the light. So that's what we're going to have in the universe. We're going to have just light. So I just assumed, right?

And then I started thinking about it a couple of years ago, and I'm like, no way. No way will the Draconians just be like, yes, the humans have chosen, and because we created them or we helped create them long, long ago, we're going to respect their choice, right? There's no freaking way. They're just going to concede. It's just not going to happen.

So finally I asked again, just like two years ago, and they finally gave me the answer. And here's what they gave me, and I still don't think I have it all, but I'll just kind of give you the little piece that I gained, essentially. They told me that, as always, take it or leave it, okay? Just don't shoot the messenger. They told me that human beings are so powerful that we are a threat to the ones who okay, we're a threat to the lower vibrational beings out there because we have the power to once again make that choice and create that influence.

However, if we choose the dark side, we are a huge asset to their team, right? No matter what side we choose, we're a massive asset to either side just because of who we are. So I wrote it down. Let me just see if I can read this.

So the Awakened Humans from Earth, that's what we're called the Awakened Humans from Earth, become the overseers of the universe. There is no stopping us. That's the message that came through. We become so powerful in making a choice, in understanding who we are, that there's no other being that will be able to contend. Not with us.

Now, we're still literally cavemen, okay? But our future selves become so powerful that all of the lowest vibrational beings cannot keep up with their antics anymore if we choose the Light, okay? Now this kind of reminds me of this is such a random reference, but in Super Mario Bros. There's a little creature called Jigglypuff, you know, that pink like that cute little pink thing that sucks super Smash Bros. That sucks the power from another character and then becomes that or has that power.

And that ability also reminds me of the character I'm like Nerding out here, the character Rogue from the X Men, she touches another mutant and obtains their ability. We are like that. And then the other thing. When the Galactic Federation finally told me that it's not just a passive role we're going to have, it's very much so. An active role we're going to have in correcting the universe and ending these wars, it also reminded me of Superman, okay?

Because Superman was essentially, when he was younger, he wasn't a threat. He just wasn't a threat. He was vulnerable himself. We are being manipulated when we are in our infancy so that we choose that Dark Side, so that all we want is greed and power and control and resources. We are being bred to create that as a reality.

The funny thing is, though, is the more they push corruption, the more they push fear, the more they push lack, the more Star Seeds are awakening to wanting the opposite. The more we want unity, the more we want equality, the more we want connection and authenticity and accountability and responsibility. The more corruption we see in the world, the less we actually want to choose it. And this is the problem that the Dark Side gets into every single time. They think they've got it all figured out, but they have no idea how the Light works.

And how it works is when you taste something, it doesn't taste good, you're like, I don't think I want that. I don't think that sits well with me. And so I want to leave you off with this, our mission.

Our mission as galactic volunteers, our mission as Star seeds. Our mission as one of the most important species to ever exist in the entire universe, sitting here drinking our coffee, watching YouTube on this floating planet that's quite small in relativity. Our mission here is to utilize our free will and choose. But before we choose who we want to be and where we want to take that energy, we have to remember that's it if all you do in this lifetime is remember who you are and make a choice in who you want to be, you never even have to give a second thought into what's going on out there. Because your choice, your actions, your focus in who you want to be, in how you want to show up as a human for yourself and the planet that right there is making that choice for the Collective.

But first, we have to remember, and I'll leave you off with one more thing, and this is something that I very recently started to contemplate myself.

I believe that it's actually not a choice between light or dark. I think that if we were to choose and we were to say that the light is winning, yeah, that could be reasonable. But I think the real awareness and the real choice comes down to understanding both. It's okay to have the light and the dark. It's okay to have high vibration and low vibration.

As a matter of fact, we live in a binary system. We need to have both. If this universe was just all light, there would be no purpose for individual incarnation as we have it. The entire existence of this universe would cease if we were just light. Therefore, I don't think the choice is between light or dark.

I think it's to choose neutrality. I think it's to choose objective awareness. I think it's to accept the darkness just as much as we accept the light, on the condition that whoever wants to be separate from source can be separate from source, and they are not meant to cross that line battle the light. It's not meant to be a battle. We are supposed to have peace in the universe.

And I believe the only way we can have peace is if we activate that source frequency within us, which activates the DNA within us. That DNA gives us the abilities of 20 plus different extraterrestrial species. And with those abilities, we can then enforce neutrality throughout the entire universe instead of having just dark and just light. If every individual being accepts and understands and holds both within themselves, then we can continue to be dualistic while also being closer to source than ever. This is a long video.

I hope it all resonated with you. And if not, that's okay, too. Be sure to give this video a thumbs up. Subscribe to the channel if you haven't already, and share this video with those that you love or that you think this could help, because this is an experiment, but we're we're important, and we need to remember that. And that's my job here, is to help you remember what you already know.

Until next time, I will see all of you in a nondualistic neutral fifth dimension reality. Bye for now.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


P2 and P3 – 12-14-2022

P2 and P3 - 12-14-2022

P2 and P3 - 12-14-2022

Episode Summary:

The document delves into the examination of three protocols that theorize about the interaction of space aliens with Earth and its inhabitants. Protocol One posits that space aliens visited Earth over 6000 years ago, with their interactions being organic and accidental. Protocol Two suggests a deliberate strategy by these aliens to leave behind religions, potentially to ensure a smoother return. This protocol assumes that the religions we see today, which can be traced back to interactions with these aliens, were left behind intentionally. Protocol Three is a variant of Protocol Two, suggesting that the use of religion was a tactic employed by a remnant group of aliens, not necessarily for any future advantage. The document also touches upon the idea that modern groups, like the Khazarian Mafia, might be influenced by these theories, particularly Protocol Two, and act based on the belief in a "second coming" of these aliens.

#SpaceAliens #ProtocolOne #ProtocolTwo #ProtocolThree #Religions #Earth #KhazarianMafia #SecondComing #AncientInteractions #ExpeditionaryForce #Anunnaki #CargoCult #Talmud #OldTestament #Bible #Jesus #Moses #Judeans #Phoenicians #SeaPeoples #MiddleAges #Exodus #RedSea #Strategy #Tactic #AncientPast #WorldEconomicForum #Mesoamerica #Antarctica #MiddleEast #Yemen #SouthPacific #IslandHopping #WorldWarII

Key Takeaways:
  • The document explores three protocols theorizing the interaction of space aliens with Earth.
  • Protocol One suggests organic and accidental interactions over 6000 years ago.
  • Protocol Two posits a deliberate strategy by aliens to leave behind religions.
  • Protocol Three sees the use of religion as a mere tactic by a remnant alien group.
  • The Khazarian Mafia, a modern group, might be influenced by these theories, especially Protocol Two.
  • The Talmud, a religious text, might have connections to these ancient alien interactions.
Predictions:
  • The space aliens might return to Earth, as suggested by Protocol Two.
  • The Khazarian Mafia might act based on the belief in a "second coming" of these aliens.
  • The religions left behind by the aliens could serve as a strategy for their potential return, ensuring a smoother interaction with Earth's inhabitants.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

P2 and P3 - 12-14-2022

Hello humans. Hello humans.

December another driving day. Gotta go and get the necessaries anyway. So I'm gonna Ratle on about Protocol Two and Protocol Three of our little examination thing.

When we first set up the group it was decided that we would proceed with a certain rigor, a developed and agreed upon method for doing all of this stuff right, for examining all of this. And so we decided that we would establish a baseline and then work downward, so to speak, or upward, whichever way you want to think about it, in terms of complexity. And so we have Protocol One, Two, Three and Four and they've become increasingly complex as we advance. And so protocol one was the basic things that we could establish with as little speculation as was possible at that time with our knowledge, that took us, like, I don't know, maybe a year or more to work through all of this and sort out throw out stuff that was too much speculation either ourselves or someone else, and on and on. So it was a fairly rigorous method, very much scientific, very much scientific approach to things.

And also had elements of like code reviews where every time we got together we would go through everything and establish, reestablish that baseline, see if anything's changed. So it's, know, reading code at Microsoft or someplace where everybody works on it and then we think it all works and then everybody reads over it just to see if there's anything that anybody else missed. In any event though, so Protocol One is the understanding that we're able to deduce and retroduce from existing circumstances of the now. And this understanding is that at some point in the past, likely beyond 6000 years from our current time, there was an expeditionary force. And it may have been 12,000 years ago, we just don't know, but it was sometime further back than 6000 years.

But there was an expeditionary force that may have totaled as much as a quarter of a million individuals that landed on Earth. And basically they set about taking over these space aliens.

They were called various things in various places. They were here for many thousands of years and then they took off. The expeditionary force itself, which it's true, we're characterizing that as an expeditionary force. It could also equally be characterized as perhaps a remnant of a civilization from somewhere else or a migrant civilization that had no firm base for whatever reason, right? And so these are beyond protocol.

Four. Those are other aspects. Those are side little speculations that we have to get into. In any event though, so the expeditionary force takes off. At that time a small subset of that force, numbering less than 1000 individuals set up shop in three places or didn't set up shop.

They relocated to three different places on Earth. And this was the far edge, the heel, so to speak, of the Saudi Arabian Peninsula that we now call yemen. And this was also the Meso American area down into Guatemala, but up into the southwest Arizona and that kind of thing, right? So that block of Mesoamerica, the northern Mexico, southern United States, southwest United States, that sort of thing, right. Fairly large area there and then Antarctica.

And so at that time, some number of thousands of years ago, which according to our literature in the form of scriptures, et cetera, et cetera, seems to suggest that it was about 2000 years ago, right? More or less. Right. Anyway, no, it was actually okay, so we have to figure in the GAM. So that was when they left.

Okay. That was when the Remnant, the Garrison, that's what we call it, is the garrison. And so if you're a hostile invading force, when you leave, you have a group that is dedicated to protecting the leaving, so to speak, right. The garrison that keeps the hostile natives back and so on until all of your ships are loaded and everybody. And so you collapse your balloon from the inside out, is the way you think of it.

Anyway. So about 2000 years ago, these remnants left, all right? We call the Remnant the L or the Anunnaki here in North America and relates to the Middle East area and how they name the aliens. Well, so the Supposition is, or our Protocol One continues and it says that these people left, as I say, approximately 2000 years ago, they relocated. So they were there maybe about 1800 years, perhaps something in that range.

The group was in Mesoamerica and the other group was in Antarctica and the third group was in the Middle East. And they hung around for, as we say here, for maybe as much as 1800. The consensus is that it's probably much closer to 1000 years, though, and that they were there for 1000 years and they scooted off. Okay? So that's basically protocol one.

Now, protocol one has a stipulation to it. And that stipulation is that it is presumed that everything that resulted or everything that was a result of these space aliens that we now see in our humanity is essentially natural or as we might characterize it, an accident of nature. So that is to say, it was not. That's protocol one. And so because there's no complexity involved in that, it doesn't increase the complexity of the situation to presume that it was simply organic and natural and occurred as a result of these sets of circumstances.

All right? So protocol two deviates from that in that it has this extra layer of complexity. And the extra layer of complexity is that the elements that we find in our humanity now that go to religions. That where those religions were connected to these space aliens. Both the original expeditionary force and this smaller force that was left later or may have come on its own.

See, there's all different kinds of complexities there as well. They may have been part of an opposition. We just don't know. But in any event, so there was the group of the L, the Anunnaki, and the things that they did in Protocol Two were not an accident, okay? So there was an element of a design in all of the interaction of the space aliens with humans such that part of the strategy of all of this was when they left Earth to leave behind the religions.

Okay? So the idea is, all right, so we see in humanity that there is a naturally arising set of circumstances that produces religions or what we characterize behavior that we characterize as religion. We see this in World War II, and there were these cargo planes, right? These little tiny cargo planes that took material, war material, to far distant troops and outposts and so on in the South Pacific. These cargo planes had to fly long distances.

They needed to do what was known as island hopping. And so a number of military bases, basically just crude airfields, were scraped out on top of hills all over these islands throughout the South Pacific, new guinea, et cetera, et cetera, right? And on those islands, we find a curious effect that we now call the cargo cult. But it's truly a religion. The airplanes would land.

They didn't want any trouble with the natives, so they would give the natives stuff. The natives had never seen this kind of stuff. They were quite thrilled. They were just gaga over it. And they loved these mystical, magical beings that would descend from the sky and give them all this bright and shiny stuff.

And then one day, the beings didn't come anymore, and so the humans didn't know what to do, but there was no more shiny stuff. And so they set about doing things, like on more than one island, they decided that the way to do it, to call back these mysterious beings from the sky, was to build replicas of the vehicles that they used. Of the vessels that they used. And so these natives built surprisingly detailed and accurate replicas of small cargo planes out of native materials. And these are like icons.

They're a fetish, in the old sense of the word, a thing, right? And it replicates something else in appearance and feeling, but not in actuality. And so we see that humans naturally do this kind of thing. And so it can't be discounted that this is all, quote, an accident of nature just and it's an accident of human nature in wanting to have the comfort of religion, et cetera, right? And to have shiny stuff.

One way of thinking about it is that indeed, because humans have demonstrated that we do do this kind of crap, this is all organic and natural. Now, another way to think about it is that it's part of a larger strategy that the space aliens either knew that humans did shit this way, or they inculcated that tendency into us in some manner. So it could have been induced or it could be just part of our natural makeup. In either case, it's there and they decided to pursue it, take advantage of it, use it or so on, right? So it was utilized.

So it was a designed in element of their presence here. And so that's fundamentally the departure point for Protocol Two. Okay? So now, obviously, if you think about things as though this was a design in element, then you get back to the idea of why would the space aliens do it? What does it benefit them to have this inculcation of religion, et cetera, et cetera?

And you start coming up with some conclusions like it benefits them if they're coming back, right, because then they could slot right in as take over, not have to worry about whatever kind of mess they're coming back to because they would have preconditioned the natives to accept their presence as the boss.

There is lots of evidence to support Protocol Two. There's also tons and tons and tons of not or very close speculation, very close to the facts speculation about Protocol Two. And so we there's. So, all right, so at this point, Protocol Two seems to be a very likely descriptor of what happened here on Earth in the ancient past. And it provides us with some understanding of why we are as we are now.

Protocol Three is a more minor variant of that, okay? That it's not part of a strategy, but that it was a tactic that was employed by the L, the Anunnaki, the people that were over here in Know, Judea, that area, right? And so that the El and the Anunnaki decided to use that as a tactic for their own purposes while they were here, not intending necessarily for any follow on advantage should they return. So in Protocol Two, the idea is that the space aliens knew they would be leaving and that this was a designed in part of their process to gain them some advantage for when they come back, should they come back. But it was nonetheless designed in from the top at the get go.

And Protocol Three is that for whatever reason, the Remnant Force and or it could have been a follow on force, it could have been an opposition. So the El and the Anunnaki could have been fighting the people that we call the Theoai and the Devas, who were part of the larger expeditionary force. We just don't know. Right? So it could have been a case that the El and the Anunnaki were a small group of space aliens that were in charge or were tasked with following the large fleet that invaded or sent their expedition to Earth, and that they're just keeping track on these guys for whatever purpose.

So Protocol Three presumes that there's a potential that there were actually two groups or more than one group, because it could have been three or four, we just don't know. But there was more than one group of space aliens, and they had their own relationships with each other independent of whatever was going on down here on Earth, and that those relationships preexisted their arriving on Earth. And that's basically the deviation between protocols one, two, and Three. Now, Protocol Three, even though it does not have the larger the element of strategy and merely is using religion as sort of a happenstance kind of tactic developed by the Remnant Group that was here for whatever purpose. And so even though it doesn't have that strategy, it actually has more complexity because of the potential for serious variation in the circumstances among the space aliens themselves.

And so we get off into some huge complexity of Protocol Three. And it's actually kind of a drag when we actually get into it, just because it's so tedious and there's so many splinterings, right? So many points where it splinters into three or four or five or six reasonably minor speculative points in terms of they seem to be reasonably sound, less speculation, but nonetheless a splintering in the sense of, okay, so are the L, the Anunnaki, are they both the same beings, different descriptions, different languages? Are they two different groups? Are these groups either as two or as one, different from the larger expeditionary force?

And it just goes on and on and on with all of these questions that we really don't have any answers to. There are some things that we're hunting for that may give us a sense so that we could speculate a little bit more accurately about some of this. But nonetheless, there's just a lot of complexity in Protocol Three that really doesn't exist in Protocol Two. It's really straightforward. Yes, there's all the minor elements of speculation in Protocol Two, but the essential point of it is that it is a designed in strategy to leave behind a mental preconditioning in the natives such that should you come back, you have an inbuilt advantage in dealing with those natives.

So it actually makes a lot of sense. Protocol Two is, in my opinion, far more likely than it being organic and, quote, an accident of nature, or rather an accident of our nature. Nonetheless, this is a situation that we have at the moment that we have religion. Almost all the religions can be traced back to some form of characterization of a cargo cult, okay, some form of an interaction with space aliens around which we build an emotional structure and hold it in our mind. And we call this emotional structure the religion.

In any event, though, so Protocol Two with this stuff as a strategy, again, in my opinion, more likely than not, it is more likely than three, and also, in my opinion, is more likely than one. And it's the most interesting in my viewpoint because I think that the WEF, the World Economic Forum, the Kazarian Mafia, I think those guys are adherents to what we would call Protocol Two, okay? Even if they don't know it, even if they don't put it out on the space aliens that they deliberately left the religion. So even if they assume that it's like protocol, even if the Kazarian mafia assumes that it's like Protocol One, and that is to say, an accident of our nature and so on. I'm of the opinion that the Kazarians are the ones that are really whipped up about this second coming, that they have a major premise in their understanding of reality.

And that major premise is not only that the space aliens are coming back, but that they're coming back explicitly to interact with the Khazarian mafia. Again, this is yet another variation on Protocol Two in which the Kazarian mafia has taken it personally, right? And so I'm of the opinion that the Khazarian mafia and some of their actions can be predicted by the basic assumption that they have around the second coming. Again, whether they perceive it as a deliberate or a leaf behind or an accident doesn't matter. They're sort of hooked on it.

And we can make some predictions about how they will do things relative to this because of the way in which the okay, so because of the way in which the religion that they claim to follow, because of its effects on them.

All right? So, let's see, there were many religions about 2000 years ago during all the Bible times, right? And one of the main religions was this stuff that we now call Farsiism.

It, it relates to the Phoenicians and it relates to the sea peoples. And a lot of the stuff that is within that comes from the sea peoples. This label has been applied to those people that were following the Talmud now at the time of Jesus, Moses and stuff. These people were not Jews, they were Judeans. There's never been a Jew that went to Palestine except in modern times.

That went to Israel, except in modern times. No Jew has an ancestor that lived in the land and with the tribes that included Jesus and Moses and these guys, okay, this is one of our premises. We can establish this.

So the religion that they had at that time was not Judaism, okay? It was not Judaism as we know it. It was related to the religion that the Phoenicians practiced. And the Old Testament is just a tale of what these people went through dealing with the space aliens. It's not really a religious text in that sense.

It has been made so because of the deliberate mistranslation and editorializing of that in order to create a religion such that monarchies and stuff could take advantage of it. And this is actually one of the reasons that we get the idea that this was a leave behind by the space aliens, simply because we do have this organizational structure that seems to replicate to a great degree that form that the space aliens used, all right? So now the religion at the time, okay, so the Talmud was codified, claimed to have been codified in like 500 Ad. Something like that, right? The fact of the matter is the Talmud did not exist during the time of Jesus and all of the Bible stuff, all right?

The Talmud references the Old Testament. It references books that were created at the time and events that were created or happened at the time of biblical events. So it's referencing those. So it was written after. We also know that many of the books in the Talmud were essentially formulated, perfected, if you will, in what we think of as the Middle Ages, so thousand years after Christ, that sort of thing, right?

So none of these practices that these people have were in effect within the tribes that they have labeled as the Jews. So there were twelve tribes of Yumenes that were conquered by the L, the space aliens, and they were forced to have a long march. This was their exodus. And they had to march the whole length of the coastline all along the Red Sea, what we call the Red Sea now, and they arrived in Judea. That was the exodus.

They never left Egypt at all. They were never in Egypt. Okay, so it was rewritten and it's all fake news as a result of the translation by these 70 scribes that were commissioned by some Greeks to do this. The Greeks that were doing the commissioning were the elites, right? And so they had a particular editorial bent that they wanted put in there, and they put it in there and they altered all this stuff.

And then we have translation upon translation upon translation and deviation and so on. Some Bibles differ some Old Testaments within the Bibles differ from each other by 60% of the word mass. So it gets into some serious deviations there. In any event, though. So talmudism judaism was not practiced in biblical days.

Moses was not a Jew. He didn't relate to anything that was in the Talmud. He didn't practice the rituals that they've got there, any of this sort of thing, no matter what the claims are. And this is part of the stew we're in now. And all the crap we've got to deal with is all of the Khazarian mafia hijacking the Bible for their own purposes, creating anti Semitism.

They're not semites. They're not Semitic people. Anti Semitism means that you're going to be prejudiced against Palestinians or Yemenis, not Jews. They're not Semitic anyway, though. So we get to this point where we're in the global war, and all of this stuff is going to be coming out as we get deeper and deeper and deeper and deeper into it all.

I suspect it might be 20 years before we get into a real examination of these space aliens and stuff relative to our ancient texts, absent some major events happening. Either the space aliens themselves come back or we get a situation where we get a bunch of information coming out of Antarctica, stuff that's like Irrefutable can't be denied kind of stuff. And then we go from there and we are forced to have this discussion. I think this discussion will come up anyway as a result of the Kazarian mafia being eliminated and all the documentation that they've squirreled away and hidden. So they're really weird because say there was a book out there that said bad things about the Kazarians and they paid all of the secondhand booksellers to keep an eye on it.

And when it came in to be sold, they picked it all up and they took them all away and they got all the copies. These guys would destroy all but a few copies. They keep part of the information that they destroy a copy of it for their own purposes. And so I think that a lot of this shit's going to be coming out as the Kazarian mafia is degraded and eliminated and whittled away and we'll see this happening. I think we'll see some aspects of that happening in relatively short order.

I mean, less than a couple of years probably, because we're going to go through some major events relatively quickly. The major events will create situations of chaos. The chaos will allow the information to come out and to spread rapidly because there won't be gatekeepers, there won't be people around to say it's bogus and there won't be mainstream media to pile on it and try and debunk it or layer it over with yet more crap. And we've got people that are getting really good at doing research and investigation on this ship and as they do more and are more successful, they get better and so on. And that's where we're at at the moment.

So I actually suspect that we'll see something that we can some elements of evidence that protocol two is the most likely relative to the three. It's difficult to see a lot of this stuff as an accident of nature anyway, though, getting in here to where I've got to pay attention to driving and get ready to do some stuff. So that's really the difference between the protocols. We've got protocol four identified and it gets off into some other weird shit and then we're going to stop at ten. If we ever develop a full ten, I think we can codify it down to protocol four and then just have deltas deviations off of each of the protocols that inform us of instead of a major protocol change.

It simply is a minor variation. And we'll see going forward here just how accurate we are on some of this. Again, I suspect that we could, if the bastards would let us get at it, that we could confirm or falsify some of these protocols relatively easily with stuff that is just sitting around in Antarctica so, anyway, these bastards are keeping shit from us, and that really annoys me. Okay? Anyway, guys, got to run.

Got to do stuff here, so just to let you know, because I'd had some questions about okay, so what's protocol two? What's protocol call three and so on. I'll talk about protocol four when we've got it a little bit more fleshed out. There's a lot that we're still thrashing out ourselves. All right?

Got to go. Okay, take care.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Narradigm – RELIGION – 08-04-2022

Narradigm - RELIGION - 08-04-2022

Narradigm - RELIGION - 08-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The document delves into the examination of the narrative surrounding the Malthusians, a group associated with the World Economic Forum, Bill Gates, and others. The Malthusian theorem, proposed by Malthus, suggests limits to growth in any ecosystem. The narrative contrasts two views: one promoting growth and the other emphasizing the limitations of resources. The Malthusians believe in a closed system for Earth, which the author disputes, citing continuous external inputs like meteorites. The document also touches on the World Economic Forum's association with Jewish supremacy, though it clarifies that many of its members have no genetic connection to the tribe of Jacob. The Talmud, a significant Jewish text, is discussed, emphasizing its vastness and its non-religious nature. The document further delves into the concept of space aliens, suggesting that many religions, except Jainism and Sikhism, have references to extraterrestrial beings. The author challenges the traditional Christian narrative, suggesting that the Bible was extensively edited and crafted to serve a particular narrative.

#Malthusians #WorldEconomicForum #BillGates #ClosedSystem #Meteorites #JewishSupremacy #Talmud #SpaceAliens #Religions #Christianity #Narrative #Ecosystem #Growth #Resources #Torah #Mishnah #Bible #Elohim #Anunnaki #Yahweh #ReligiousTexts #Extraterrestrial #Jainism #Sikhism #Buddhism #Mormonism #Zohar #Antarctica #AgeOfAquarius #Knowledge #Paradigm #Cosmology #Transcendent #Creator #Faith

Narradigm - RELIGION - 08-04-2022

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Let me get this settled. I'm on the road again and trying not to get myself or anybody else killed while I'm driving and trying to do this.

All right, hang on.

Let's see. Today this is an examination of the narrative, another one of the narrative investigations, and we're going to discuss the Malthusians. These are some evil fuckers. We also know them as the mother. Weffers the world economic forum, bill Gates, all of their ilk, all those people that are part of that cabal, all share a same bent, the same narrative, the same view of reality that a is not valid except for their very, very, very narrow viewpoint, and b is harmful to all of us guys.

Malthus was a guy who was a scientist way the fuck back. When you go and look him up, he came up with what's known as the malthusian theorem, which is that there are limits to growth in any ecosystem. So there was a big battle relatively between people that were Malthusians and said, oh my god, we're going to destroy the earth, we're going to use up all of the plants, we're going to drink all the water, that kind of thing. And this was way back. I mean, these guys have been working on this since, I'd have to say maybe at least the malthus was later than that.

But since the 1600s, we've had this view.

We've had two opposing views. One of them would be typified by the idea of go forth, multiply and create the world, right? So that would be the idea of growth. The other side of this is the cabal where they say, you only have so many humans on the planet or they can't eat. Now, bear in mind, all the humans on the planet can fit in the top part of Texas, all 8 billion of us.

And we each have the same amount of room as a minimum security prison cell. So we'd all have like 23 whatever it is. I did the couch once, and we fit almost entirely in the top half. We don't even get into the bottom half of Texas anyway though. So these people, the Malthusians, think, believe in their paradigm, and they've put out a paradigm to try and convince us that they put out this narrative to try and convince us that their paradigm is in fact accurate and that you could actually have too many people on planet earth anyway.

We know this to be false, that we subscribe to the idea of the biosphere in which it is universe's goal that we should take energy from the cosmos and convert it into mechanical energy, heat energy, and life energy and do things here on earth.

So Malthusians came up with a concept that basically said earth is a closed system. And even if that were factual, which it is not, okay, so earth isn't even a closed system. Even if humans can't go out into space. That's because space still provides stuff to Earth on a continuous basis. So every day we get bombarded with X number of meteorites or meteors, okay, the meteorites make it through the burn up process, but nonetheless, that's a considerable amount of matter of stuff that's burning up in the atmosphere, turning into new gases, bringing in some dust, all of this kind of thing.

Plus there's a big portion of those meteors or water based, so we get a lot of water. They're basically just big chunks of ice that come on in and burn up and evaporate. But nonetheless, the molecules stay within the atmosphere. So we end up with Earth as a can't be considered to be a closed system unless you disregard the fact that it's open and shit's pouring in from space on us all the damn time. But even disregarding that, even if it were a closed system and there was never any more input coming in, we still have the input not of matter, but of energy.

And energy flows right through the planet in the form of these cosmic rays that are so fast and so small and all of that that they just go right through you and you'll never even know it. They go right through the planet, but they get caught by the plasma ball that's in the middle of our planet. Now, plasma captures these cosmic rays and converts the energy under a great deal of pressure into matter. And so we're constantly, albeit somewhat slowly, building matter on the planet as well. So anyway, the Malthusians, the Weifers, the World Economic Forum, bill Gates, the City of London, the Rothschilds, all of these people think of Earth as a closed system.

Now, they think they control the system, but they've polluted the system by way of their narrative. Part of their narrative in this closed system idea is the idea that they need to maintain their position, right? Their position of power. So we note that Claus Schwab, all of these people, claus Schwab, the George Soros, the majority of the World Economic Forum and the majority of what we call the elites think of themselves as Jewish. They think, in fact, that they're Jewish supremacists, that Jews should rule supreme and that they are Jews now.

They have no genetic component connecting them to the tribe of Jacob. So they're not really Jews, right? They're just essentially regular white guys like anybody else.

But yet they have this mantle that you can't criticize them, that they're from the House's shim so you're going to be an antisemite if you say these guys are some bad fuckers, that sort of thing, right? And they form a mafia. They're a click. They're very close. They've got instruction sets, protocols that are throughout the Talmud, which is 63 volumes.

It's a huge amount of work. It is not, in my opinion, it is not what most people would consider to be a religious text. It's basically rules for having to live on this planet and try and take over the planet, try and conquer it while awaiting their second coming, the Messiah, okay? So now in the Talmud, the Messiah's going to come back and enslave everybody that's not a Jew. And so the Messiah is not a good guy, right?

He's here to promote Jewish supremacy. And the World Economic Forum is actively believing that this fellow is coming back.

It's really confused. There's a lot of guys that say, no, it'll be the first appearance of the Messiah. And so they bitch and moan and argue among themselves. But in general, there's this general expectation that a Messiah is going to come on back and put the Khazarians, the World Economic Forum, all these pretend Jews on top of the planet, and that they're going to be the alpha dog and the rest of us are going to be their bitches. So that's what they're working for.

Now, there's another subtext that if you put the Zohar, which is another supposed religious text, but in fact really is a very highly complex cosmology derived from the yellow hem, okay? And this cosmology also includes some of the rules for living with the yellow hem and basically the Old Testament. So if you go read the naked Bible, Marau, Big Leno, you get it on Amazon, I think. There's kindle editions and stuff. It will tell you what's actually in the Old Testament, what's in the Torah.

Now, bear in mind, there's five books of the Torah and six books of the Mishnah. And that total forms the core of the what we think of as the Jewish Bible. Also note, by the way, that's why eleven is thought to be a lucky number for these guys. Five plus six is eleven. In the tall mood, there's all kinds of mathematics, all kinds of arithmetic, okay?

Not mathematics, but arithmetic where they say certain numbers have certain meanings and so on, and they add them all up, this kind of thing. The Gematria, that's sort of an understanding of numeracy. Anyway, eleven is a lucky number for them because it's the five books of the Torah and the six books of the Misha. But now, let's also note something here, okay guys, hang on a second. Lots of trucks, dangerous period, okay?

So the Zohar, the Mishnah and the Torah, they don't speak of God. They speak of the yellow hem. They all speak about these rules for not getting your ass killed by these space aliens that were coming down here and fucking with us about 6000 years ago. And they left about 40 years ago, as near as I can tell. So I'm a screwy fucker for a lot of different reasons.

I've pursued religious studies all my life and so I've looked at almost every damn religion there is that I could find, all right? I'm certain there are cults and other weird religions like Billy Myers, a space religion that he supposedly got from the Pleiadians that contacted him when he was ten years old, those kind of things. I didn't look into those. He's got 500 words on written about that screwy ass religion and it is a screwy ass religion. So now I've noted that you can go to any of these religions and associated tips.

So ESOPs fables, look at how many of the Esophs fables are actually talking about the Theoi, the gods, the Anunnaki, the yellowheam, okay, all words for the same group of people. So even ESOP's fables have stuff in them related to living with the space aliens that are walking all around and doing weird shit, have special powers and this kind of thing that are not like us humans. And so hang on a second here.

Pull off the road for a minute. Anyway, so I've examined all of these religions and I cannot find one that does not go down to a space alien of some form excepting the Jane religion and the Sikh religion, okay? In both cases we have religions that have no corporeal god that's referenced anyway, other than those two. I mean, Buddhism as well, but Buddhism is kind of weird too in its own way because of the reliance on the supposedly non corporeal, but nonetheless they act like a whole lot like the L and the Anunnaki and so on. So it's my understanding that it was one of the L that came and met Muhammad in the cave and gave him basically all of this stuff for the Quran.

And that's why he accepts the Jews and the Christians as being people of the book, right? Because his book and their book are basically the same book. And then there's all of the other religions that were modern in the sense of Mormonism, right, which was based on a flawed interpretation of a funery manifest from Egypt, but it was created a whole cloth. So I put Mormonism in the same class of religion as Billy Myers space religion, that is to say something that came up out of a single person's understanding and mind. So as an instance, we see that nobody knows who wrote the Bible, nobody knows actually how many books you should consider in the Bible.

If we get back to the Torah and the Mishnah. There is a lot of Jewish religious books that are of, in my opinion, equal historical weight that are not included in those, and some of them are deliberately excluded, as we see in the Talmud and the Zor, such that you should not dispute the illusion that has been crafted within the other aspects of the Torah and the Mishnah. In other words, there are Jewish books out there where they go into Yahweh's wife and what Yahweh's wife was doing. And so they talk about this guy, this Elohim, who was given all of the Jews to rule over by the head Elohim. And all of these Jews accepted Yahweh as their boss he's one of the, one of the L, he's one of the Elohim and he had a wife.

And so Mrs. Yahweh had a very prominent role but was left out of the Bible because God can't have a dick. You can't have a god up there that's got a dick and someone to fuck. Otherwise you're talking about a corporeal being and that's not a god. And so you don't get any kind of transcendentalness arising out of the Torah if you think of these beings as corporeal, right?

Because at that point, since they are corporeal, they're just like us. They didn't create anything. They didn't create this planet, they didn't create you. So Yahweh is not your creator. So this is going to put a big kink in Christianity as we go forward here.

The more people learn about what's actually in the Old Testament and the New Testament, because you got to get into who Joseph was, who we call Jesus and what Christ is. Okay, so Christ means the anointed. Well, when the yellow hem dealt with humans, they couldn't deal with us directly because they were very susceptible to bacteria and so we had to be and fungus, and so we had to be as humans, we had to be purified. And so there's all this stuff and all these religions where you deal with the space aliens. So we see the same things in Sumerian religions related to the anunnaki, the Jewish religion, and we see the same thing in the Hindu religion where there's all this stuff about purification and cleansing and all of that.

Well, it's all because we are to the space aliens, we're potential danger because we carry so many bacteria and stuff that they are susceptible to. And so we've got to be annoyed. It we've got to be covered with very specific amount of specific substances. So in the Bible, you see that the anointed people are covered in frankincense, myrrh, cloves, allspice black seeds, black seed, oil, all of these kinds of things. And basically what they do is they strip you down naked and they scrub you and then they just cover you with all of these antifungal, antibacterial oils that have a pleasant aroma apparently.

The El or the anunnaki, the yellow hem, the Devas in India, all of these gods, all these names for the gods, all of these people that were spoken of as gods were highly sensitive to smell. And so they had smell receptors like a dog in the sense that they could smell stuff that we would not even have a clue about. So anyway, the structure of religion relative to the Christians is going to have to change. I'm all for faith, I'm all for a transcendent creator God, but we're not going to find it in the Bible. It does not exist.

Joseph, the radical rabbi that was removed from the tomb after he'd been taken down off the cross, who we call Jesus, was only Christ when he was anointed, when he was covered in all those oils. It's not a permanent state of being or anything. And all of these concepts that are in the Christian world have no basis in the literature from which they supposedly derive. So basically what happened was that the space aliens arrived here, the Elohim arrived. Elyon, the head dude, the commander of the crew, sliced and diced all the peoples of the planet and gave them to various different L, individual Eloi or from the Elohim.

So individual Elohim were given vast areas of the planet to rule over and the people they're on. And so Yahweh got the Jews, another guy got all of the Mesoamericans, another guy got all of the it's all, by the way, all in the band of the tropics. We don't see these gods showing up in the north, right? They just did not they did not like the cold anyway, though, so they're all basically in the Northern hemisphere, in between the Tropic of Cancer and the equator. Anyway, though, when they showed up here, they gave a whole lot of rules and instructions to the Jewish people on how they should treat their boss yahweh.

And then that was extensively edited. Extensively edited and an illusion or a storyline, a timeline was crafted out of that later, after the Yellowheem had left, to make this transcendental, transcendentist religion exist, which didn't exist. So once the L left, there was a power vacuum in the Jewish community. The rabbis. Okay, so rabbis are not like priests.

Rabbis are judges. They're rule, givers lawgivers. Well, that's because they ruled over those. They were like the bureaucracy, and they ruled over whether or not you committed a transgression against Yahweh in the L, and if your life was going to be indigis because you pissed some of them off, that sort of thing. These L are not nice people, and they don't think very much of humans and will just deal with us on a whim and go on and kill other people and so on.

They just simply do not care. We don't rise up enough to worry them at all. And then they all left. Well, when they left, as I say, they created a power vacuum. The Torah and the Mishnah were rewritten entirely.

So we don't know who wrote the books of the Bible. We don't know who wrote the Torah. We don't have any fucking clue on any of this. We do know who wrote the big chunks of the Talmud, because that's a Middle Ages kind of a books, 63 of them. Not cohesive, contradictory, just really a strange collection of stuff, in my opinion.

Anyway, though, as I say, Christianity is going to get a big bump in terms of going to have to take a big hit and reexamine itself as we go forward. And as I say, I'm not in favor of chucking it in terms of a religious effort, and I think there's a lot of value there, especially in the aspects of faith and so on. We just don't find any underpinning to support them in our documentation from which it supposedly arrives, because the documentation was all lies and was a narrative. They created a created a narrative in order to craft a paradigm that would have you accept the priest class as somehow the connection to God you've got to go through. Right?

So before the priest class arose, while the l was here, while the yellow heme were here, you had a direct connection with God. If you were walking along and you saw one of these fuckers and you didn't need any interpretation or any media, you could directly go and talk to them. So it's a different world when you examine what actually was going on. We're now in the Age of Aquarius. This is the age of knowledge.

I suspect it will take hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of years for the whole religion thing to be thrashed out. I also suspect that there's some really shocking information out there waiting for us that will be dug up either in Antarctica or wherever, that will set us off on this examination and getting into a different view of who humans are and what happened to our planet about 60 years ago. So basically, that's this discussion about that narrative, okay? So the narrative of religion is just that. It is a narrative.

And anybody that professes to be Christian that does not examine the Naked Bible is basing a religion on a comic book because it's a crafted corporate piece. All of the Bible as we know it, as we've got it at this point. And so if you really want to know what's going on, go read the Naked Bible. Go see what's in there, and then especially around me, should be aware about making Bible quotes, right? Because I'll just say, Nope, not in there.

It's just not in there. And they'll say, well, blah, blah. No, it's not in there. If you go read the Hebrew from which this was mistranslated, from which this garbage was created, but if you go read the Hebrew, that quote is not in there. And it's like almost any kind of quote you care to think about, perhaps hundreds of well, no, no.

Thousands of lines in the Bible were just made up. They don't exist in the Hebrew version any way, shape, or form attached to that book anywhere else in any of the books of the Bible, et cetera. Right?

And I'm having to read. Okay? So it's it's quite terrible for me because I don't need to learn another language, but I'm starting to learn to read Hebrew just so that I can get in there, because there's going to be a need to understand protohebrew, which really it's called first tongue, and Hebrew derived from it. So it wasn't like they were trying to set out to create Hebrew. It's just that Hebrew came along and derived from this language as well as did Greek.

So a lot of the earlier languages came from first tongue and some of the elements in it. There was another Aid car. Some of the elements in it are sort of close to Hebrew that we have currently. Anyway, I've got to shut up here now and go and do my chores but it's going to be very interesting and then I'll do another one of these on the narrative. We're going to have to really examine religion in many, many, many different talks simply because it's such a huge aspect of human society and it's all basically so fucked up.

Anyway, guys, stay woo. It's not going to get any easier for some time, but it will be a whole lot more interesting.

**3850 Character Summary:**

The document delves into the examination of the narrative surrounding the Malthusians, a group associated with the World Economic Forum, Bill Gates, and others. The Malthusian theorem, proposed by Malthus, suggests limits to growth in any ecosystem. The narrative contrasts two views: one promoting growth and the other emphasizing the limitations of resources. The Malthusians believe in a closed system for Earth, which the author disputes, citing continuous external inputs like meteorites. The document also touches on the World Economic Forum's association with Jewish supremacy, though it clarifies that many of its members have no genetic connection to the tribe of Jacob. The Talmud, a significant Jewish text, is discussed, emphasizing its vastness and its non-religious nature. The document further delves into the concept of space aliens, suggesting that many religions, except Jainism and Sikhism, have references to extraterrestrial beings. The author challenges the traditional Christian narrative, suggesting that the Bible was extensively edited and crafted to serve a particular narrative.

**875 Character Summary:**

The text examines the Malthusian narrative, which suggests limits to growth and is associated with figures like Bill Gates. The author disputes the idea of Earth as a closed system, citing external influences like meteorites. The World Economic Forum's ties to Jewish supremacy are discussed, as is the Talmud's vastness. The document also touches on the concept of space aliens in various religions and challenges the traditional Christian narrative, suggesting extensive edits to the Bible.

**95 Character Summary:**

The document critiques the Malthusian view, discusses space aliens in religions, and challenges Christian narratives.

**35 Hashtag Keywords (Space-Separated):**

#Malthusians #WorldEconomicForum #BillGates #ClosedSystem #Meteorites #JewishSupremacy #Talmud #SpaceAliens #Religions #Christianity #Narrative #Ecosystem #Growth #Resources #Torah #Mishnah #Bible #Elohim #Anunnaki #Yahweh #ReligiousTexts #Extraterrestrial #Jainism #Sikhism #Buddhism #Mormonism #Zohar #Antarctica #AgeOfAquarius #Knowledge #Paradigm #Cosmology #Transcendent #Creator #Faith

**35 Keywords (Comma-Separated):**

Malthusians, World Economic Forum, Bill Gates, closed system, meteorites, Jewish supremacy, Talmud, space aliens, religions, Christianity, narrative, ecosystem, growth, resources, Torah, Mishnah, Bible, Elohim, Anunnaki, Yahweh, religious texts, extraterrestrial, Jainism, Sikhism, Buddhism, Mormonism, Zohar, Antarctica, Age of Aquarius, knowledge, paradigm, cosmology, transcendent, creator, faith

**Ten Blog Post Titles:**

1. "Decoding the Malthusian Narrative: A Deep Dive"
2. "Space Aliens in Religions: Fact or Fiction? 🌌"
3. "The World Economic Forum and Jewish Supremacy: Unraveling the Ties"
4. "The Bible's Hidden Edits: A Challenge to Christian Beliefs 📖"
5. "From Meteorites to Malthusians: Earth's Open System"
6. "Religion in the Age of Aquarius: The Shift to Knowledge 🌊"
7. "The Talmud: 63 Volumes of Controversy and Insight"
8. "3 Major Religions that Don't Mention Space Aliens"
9. "Yahweh, Elohim, and Anunnaki: Understanding Ancient Deities"
10. "Religion's Role in the 21st Century: 5 Key Takeaways 🔍"


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


PSI ing Around – 08-09-2023

PSI ing Around - 08-09-2023

PSI ing Around - 08-09-2023

Episode Summary:

The text delves into the concepts of extrasensory perception (ESP) and psychic abilities, emphasizing the importance of correct terminology and understanding. It argues against common misconceptions like telepathy, timelines, and clairvoyance, stressing that these terms don't adequately describe the phenomena. The writer also links these ideas to ancient Zoroastrian literature and practices, positing them as misunderstood scientific concepts. He also highlights the practical applications of these abilities, such as in hunting, and emphasizes the need to recognize and heed these psychic impulses or tendrils.

The text discusses the significance of the vagus nervous system, likening it to a massive antenna that connects to all major organs, immune systems, and hormonal functions of the body. It emphasizes the importance of understanding and cultivating this system for human betterment, especially in interactions with space aliens. Historical references are made to ancient literature, including Sanskrit and Zoroastrian texts, describing the psychic abilities of aliens and the importance of humans developing similar skills. The text also delves into myths and connections between different cultures and mentions the misunderstood nature of specific myths related to space alien technology.

The text discusses a complex scenario involving space aliens, their addiction to human hormones (excluding pork), the fracturing of the Deep State due to UFO issues, and a conspiracy to control humanity through methods like circumcision. It touches upon various topics like the UFO narrative, the powers controlling society, attempts to manipulate climate change, and theories involving specific anatomical details linked to control mechanisms. The text also warns about the nature of the space aliens, describing them as capricious murderers who regard humans as cattle, and elaborates on their longevity and existence within electromagnetic bubbles.

#ESP, #El, #Elohim, #Ashkenazi, #Devas, #DeepState, #COVID, #KlausSchwab, #KaliYuga, #TowerofBabel, #Taoism, #SciFiWorld, #Sanskrit, #Zoroastrian, #ZoroastrianLiterature, #UVAL, #UFO, #extrasensoryPerception, #vagusnervoussystem, #vagusNervousSystem, #telepathy, #spacealiens, #spacealientechnology, #spideySenses, #rejection, #practicalApplications, #psychicAbilities, #psychiccultivation, #psychicabilities, #pork, #organs, #mindsharing, #mindToMachineInterfaces, #meditation, #murderers, #lamb, #lies, #lockdowns, #immunesystem, #hormones, #humanbetterment, #human, #hunting, #greenNewDeal, #goyim, #goy, #geneticMaterial, #galacticRadiation, #fracturing, #foreskin, #electricVehicles, #electricalFields, #culture, #consciousness, #clairvoyance, #circumcision, #cattle, #bankingSystem, #anunnaki, #antenna, #ancientliterature, #adrenochrome, #acumen, #greatReset, #timelines, #tendrils, #skill, #cows, #control, #climateChange, #Persian

PSI ing Around - 08-09-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. It's in the afternoon here. Jeez, what is that? Pomodorigio?

Anyway, so heading back out to the coast had a lot of lot of stops and some of them disappointed me and a couple of others. I just said screw it or not interested in dealing with officialdom at this stage on today, so I'll put it off until some other time. Anyway, back on the subject of the psy as in psychic and that sort of activity, it is true or factual to discuss it as extrasensory perception because as far as we know, it's not really coming in through the standard senses that are attached to the head, sound eyes, that kind of thing, right. Or taste. You don't usually taste the future, but these things do appear.

We do have demonstrable evidence that ESP or psy talent or whatever we want to call it does exist. It's going to be really tricky to talk about it because I have to deliberately avoid using all kinds of words that frame psy activity in a way that we really don't want. Okay, so it's not telepathy, it doesn't involve a radio kind of transmission from one mind to another. It does not work that way. And so to refer to mind sharing of information as telepathy frames it with an 1887 originating context that's invalid and also warps our understanding of it.

Right. So it keeps us from getting at the talent or the skill more appropriately. We'll still get there, but if you use the inappropriate framework, you have to labor through that framework and work within all of the limitations the framework puts on you before you actually get to the good stuff. Right? And it's better to get a good conceptual framework that does not provide limitations to you just from the get go, just from starting to think about it.

So it's very necessary that we use terms very carefully. Right. And so clairvoyance, which is thought or talked about as though it was precognitive seeing, is really clear hearing. Right, clear voice. So clairvoyance is a clear sight, not necessarily involving future, but we usually take it that way.

So most of the extrasensory perceptions that come into our brains in the activity of doing psychic work will to some extent be displaced from our current temporal reference. So you could do remote viewing and get a target that was just a bunch of numbers and letters, l seven, QZ nine, right? Something like that. Just something totally meaningless to you. And then you go and do remote viewing on it and you peer into it and do all this stuff and oh, then it dawns on you, oh look, I'm actually looking at, I'm examining with my mind an ancient structure in the past when it was not ancient.

So in that sense you would be using clairvoyance clear seeing to see a past event. Right. So you can interact in a psy way outside of our current temporal reference now, in my opinion, because I've spent the last, let's just say, 30 solid years working various aspects of time and developing future. There is no such thing as timelines, all right? People talking about it are being obscuring.

I know they're trying to provide a point. They're trying to elucidate and educate you and get a point across. But they're actually obscuring by thinking that there are timelines in existent other than the one we're in now, right? There are no other timelines. There never will be.

Time does not work that way. So we've got to be very careful about a lot of these sorts of things in terms of how we discuss it. So I won't ever talk about merging timelines or any of that kind of stuff because it really does obscure and it has an inbuilt error, which is the idea that there are other dimensions or alternative temporal realities in existence at this point. And that is not the case. So as we leave a temporal reality and thus it becomes our past, it ceases to be dynamic and active, although it doesn't disappear because it's left remnants, right?

We've got the remnants of something in the past.

The future is not set. It's not a long timeline stretching off fucking forever. It doesn't work that way. The future is actually, in a sense, like peering into a storm, right? It's developing, it's changing, it's constantly moving.

And what manifests is what's in that moment as an energetic force or an energetic layer buildup of potentiality that triggers the actual appearance of manifestation and therefore it becomes a probability. It expresses its level of probability. This gets really interesting when we start talking about time because most people have a bad understanding of time and then we have to start folding in all this size stuff. So it is easy to see how Zoroastrian literature, Persian, I think they call it ANI or agni, meditation practices, all of these things are in fact misunderstandings of a very deep, very cultured, very sophisticated science of sci stuff and time stuff. So now the Zoroastrians, the Persians, did not separate manifestations in reality that are temporarily that affect our temporality or our sense of ourself and time.

They did not see these things as separate. So we might not think of in our culture, we might not think of a lot of these techniques and stuff that the Zoroastrians and the people speaking Sanskrit. I don't know that it's appropriate to call them Hindus because we're talking about people that did not have an understanding of the Hindu religion as we understand it now. Right. And so the people that wrote all this stuff down were talking about something that was eminently practical, a technique, a series of technologies that they used in their daily work and their daily interaction with universe.

And so it was not an abstract religious kind of a concept to them. It was very practical. It's the kind of thing that a hunter uses when he goes on out to find game in order to feed his family. And so there is an acceptance of information in the process of hunting where all of a sudden you turn and you see the animal, right? If you had not turned, you would not have seen the prey.

What prompted you to turn was the consciousness of that prey impacting on your consciousness. This sharing, okay? So it's not telepathy. The deer or the elk or whatever you're hunting out there, the wild goat up into the hills. None of these animals are actively trying to impact and ping your consciousness.

Yet their becoming aware of you does just that. As you're becoming aware of them and focusing your attention on them will indeed also ping them. So I'm sure every hunter has had the experience of being out there sighting in on game only to just as you get that site fixed, the game understands you're. There in bolts, right? Boink, it's gone because you took too long or whatever, right?

Too much of your attention was focused on them. Your consciousness pinged their consciousness. They discovered you. They discovered they were in danger and they got the fuck out. Now, I've had those kind of situations where I knew I was in danger and I did not disregard it, okay?

So I took it because I'm a paranoid, I react to this shit. And so I took it seriously and saved myself all kinds of grief. People that are under the impression they're not psychic will disregard these psychic impulses, these psy, what they call tendrils, these little threads that work through your nervous system and bring you information that does not come in through your ordinary senses. And so if they disregard it, then they would go out and get themselves in trouble when their spidey senses told them otherwise. Right?

And so you can cultivate this first. Don't ignore that shit. Investigate it, see what's going on. Why do I feel this way? Become sensitized to it.

This is going to be very, very key for us, all of us humans, as we go forward here. We will get better at this simply because of more emanations from Galactic Center will make us better humans, more excited. Nervous systems, this sort of thing.

And our nervous systems are like antennae. And so the number ten nerve out of twelve, so the X nerve in your cranium, the cranial nerve x or Cranial nerve ten, connects to the vagus nervous system. This is the largest clump of nerves that you've got. It connects with all the major organs. All the glands in your head are connected to it.

All of your immune system is connected to it. Everything is connected to it except the adrenal complex. Yet the vagus nervous system has receptors for adrenaline and adrenochrome as well.

This sensory array becomes a giant antenna. So your vagus nervous system, if spread out, is massively huge. It'd be like the size of if you all spread it out and gave a little bit of space between each nerve, you could maybe say that this was the size of a sail for a big sailing yacht. It's a huge antenna, and it's very intense in terms of how it's constructed. This is a powered antenna, okay?

It is powered by dynamic levels of activity within your body. The power comes to it from your food, obviously, because it requires energy and nutrition and so on. But part of the power that you get or that powers up your vagus nervous system is hormones. The vagus nervous system is intimately connected to all of the hormonal functions of the body, everything from the melatonin all the way up through mundane thing prostaglandin. All the hormones are connected.

So your nervous system will respond through hormones to external influences. So psy stuff is your vagus nervous system getting pinged, getting something coming through at an energetic level that causes you well, that should cause you to have to react to it. Now, lots of people don't. And so, in my opinion, they get themselves in trouble by ignoring this. Those people that do, most of them, let's say 99%, would do so without having any kind of an understanding of what's going on in their body that provided this process to which they are reacting, that is actually, in effect, helping them guide their life and guide their actions within their life.

Most people, as I say, more than 99%, have no fucking clue. These are the people that react to it. Some of those people, maybe less than 1%, would pursue it to some degree, but then they'll reach a point where they say, okay, that's enough. I understand, and off they go, right? Most people are not just dedicated to learning simply for the sake of learning.

However, here's the deal. Even in the ancient literature, even in the Sanskrit literature and the Zoroastrian literature from Persia, we get a clear description of why you need to cultivate your siability at all times, especially when you're going to be interacting with, potentially with these space aliens.

All right? So there's various groups of space aliens under various names. Some of them may be the same, translated from culture to culture to culture. Others are different. We know this because they exist under both names and are discussed by the same culture.

So it was simultaneous that we had the Elohim walking around at the same, and we had the Devas walking around in Greater India. So it may be that the Elohim were part of that original invasion force that gave us the Davas. Maybe they weren't. There's no way to know at this stage. We may find out eventually.

I just don't know. But in any event, though, the interaction is described in ancient literature, and they do also say that an adherence to the arts, okay, the psy arts, the psychic arts, paying attention to your internal prompts this way, having cultivated the ability to examine them, to know when they're happening, et cetera, et cetera, because a lot of this is basically subconscious. You're not aware of it, but this is necessary to survive encounters with these space aliens. Now, this literature says quite clearly that these motherfuckers are super psychic, all right? And so a human actually humans, I think, are more psychic, we just don't cultivate it and so on.

But in the Kali Yuga back in the time when everybody just rode around on donkeys and sailboats and that was it for moving our body and our goods and stuff. So back through that entire period, we have literature that says that, oh, okay, you may encounter one of these Elohim on the road. If you do, pay the fuck attention because they're constantly broadcasting what they're going to do and their moods and stuff. And also these guys were really moody. They apparently were really into addiction to adrenochrome and when they got into the adrenochrome highs, they would go through shit that makes go through really crazy shit and do crazy shit as a result of it and then they would go and sleep it off basically, right?

And all this kind of stuff is described. And some of the literature in the Zoroastrian literature is basically a warning saying keep your spidey senses well tuned because these fuckers are extremely unpredictable and they kill you just by thinking about it. And so they have to actively think about it. They can't just casually think about it and have you die. They have to do things and actively engage their version of the vagus nervous system in the process.

So now here's where the rubber meets the road, where we run into our heavy metal screeching kind of activity because our vagus nervous system can be cultivated, can be trained to perform better, it naturally will pick up all of this kind of stuff and it is the entry point for what we think of as ESP. And it also performs functions in what we would think of as clairvoyance, which is really mind sharing of a single thought. And yes, there is a causal relationship that needs to be acknowledged, but it is not sending and receiving like radios, okay? It just does not work that way. And it's important that you know that it doesn't work that way if you're attempting to work it.

So if you were attempting to scan the mind of one of the Elohim, they would sense this. They'd get really pissed at you, very likely and would put their finger through your head and kill you. But even if you tried to sense their thoughts, it would be non productive. It would not be successful because telepathy as described to us does not exist. Mind sharing around a single thought does exist.

But you have to understand the dynamic of the technology that allows you to get that thought and how you have to go about it. And the instruction set here in the Zoroastrians is really pretty good. And combined with what we see in Taoism in terms of the instruction sets on growing your skills as a Taoist, we actually have a fairly good amount of stuff that would allow us to develop a bit, of coursework, here. Now, we've got real issues with our population relative to the space aliens coming back. So if the Elohim were the ones to return and showed up here, whether we call them anunnaki or whatever, right?

First off, they're not very likely going to be gently predisposed to favor the Jews, right? The Elohim will not do that. The Jews, the Ashkenazi, were the ones they abandoned as being unable to produce what they wanted. And the covenant of chopping off the foreskin was them hobbling the herd so the herd could not become strong enough to rebel in a serious way. So the foreskin stuff is very much like the Tower of Babel stuff, which is an entirely misunderstood mythos around the space alien technology.

And we need to get into that at some point as well. But in any event, though, so you're dealing with the space aliens, you need to have your spidey senses telling you how these people are feeling and basically when to get the fuck out of there, because they're very capricious and they're subject to whims, which we find out are basically induced by their addiction to human hormones. And it doesn't have to be human. It can be lamb, but cannot be pork. Right?

And cows don't have enough of the hormones to produce the effect that these space aliens like, but it can't be pork because the space aliens find this extremely unpalatable. It just is terrible to them. In any event, though. So here we are and we're approaching our new world, our Sci-Fi world, our psy world, as the space alien issue arises, the space alien issue arises, shall we say, naturally, even though it had been forecast for over 20 years for coming into this particular point. And that particular set that has been building and is now manifesting over the course of these 20 years has all kinds of stuff as a follow on ramification of the UFOs showing up.

One of the ramifications is going to be the Deep state basically totally freaks out, fractures and goes away. Doesn't go away cleanly, it doesn't go away easily. We'll be fighting remnants of this thing for some time. But the UFO issue removes a whole lot of claims that the deep state had to acumen and skill, that in essence, placed them in power. And so they're going to come out later when the UFOs come on out, they're going to say, you people need to listen to us.

We're the ones that have been hiding the UFOs for years. We're the only ones that know how they work. We're the only ones that know what the fuck's going on. You need to listen to us, okay? So the same kind of shit about COVID we're the only ones that understand the virus.

You need to listen to us. You need to do what we tell you. And so they'll come out with this you need to do what we tell you stuff. And that ain't going to fly. It's going to be 100% rejection.

Maybe I won't be 100%, but maybe they'll get 10% of the populace that will in any way pay attention to them. The rest of us are going to be going off doing our own shit, which is good because the ashkenazi are damaged, okay? So these individuals are damaged. You put one of the ashkenazi with their chopped off foreskin in one of these mind to machine interfaces and it will kill them. It's going to destroy their mind, it's going to fry them.

You might get all kinds of weird effects as their body powers, all of this, but they're not going to be able to run it and they're not going to be able to extricate themselves from it easily because they don't have the inherent length required of their antenna and they don't have the inherent maturity of nervous systems because the cells had been chopped off, their body never matured. A whole lot of what we would call the tail end of cranial nerve X. And so the X will not work for them. And there are some that know, okay? There are some of these guys way the fuck up in the organizations that know.

Does Klaus Schwab know? Probably. But I'm certain his number two guy, that UVAL fellow, I'm certain he knows.

In any event, they're going to try and capture and keep control of the UFO narrative as we go forward, and it's not going to work. And this fracturing is part of the breakout into Sci-Fi world in a serious way. This breakout into Sci-fi world is going to be fracturing to our social order at the control level, all right? Not necessarily at the social order level itself, which is already fractured by the mother. Weffers trying to destroy the banking system to get us all into the great reset and the green New Deal so they can continue to maintain control.

That's their only point, right? They don't believe the climate's changing. They're doing everything they can to convince everybody else that this is indeed the case, but they have no belief in it whatsoever. It's just a tool to them. They don't care about that.

All these people that are gluing themselves to roads, all these people that are buying electric vehicles and sitting there with their genetic material being irradiated by the electrical fields, all these people are basically useful idiots for the powers that be, for the mother weapons. And they will continue that as much as they possibly can over these next couple of years. But in my way of thinking, it's going to fall off fairly rapidly. That already people are pissed at them over the COVID shit. A lot of the lies have been shown as lies, and a lot of the players have been shown as players and not legitimate personalities.

And so a lot of that has fallen away anyway. Now they're going to come out. They're probably going to try and do lockdowns to keep us in control climate wise. Or they may try and do lockdowns, and you got to creep around because there's space aliens up there watching you, that sort of thing, right? Be afraid of the space aliens.

Now, I say be afraid of the space aliens because we have a history of these motherfuckers being capricious murderers and not caring about us, because to them, we are cattle. Just like the Jews have the word goy or goyim. All humans are goyim, including the Jews to the space aliens. So as far as the L were concerned, the Jews, the Essenes, the fathers of Moses, and all these people, Adam and Eve, that entire line were just cattle. They were just a breeding experiment, and they're just cattle.

The El have no love for humans. They have no desire for humanity to go and prosper. And in fact, they didn't want humanity to reach its actual potential within individuals, within the vagus nervous system. And so they came up with the covenant of chopping off two to 5 million sensors from the end of the penis and shortening the cranial nerve number ten by removing that connection, okay? So you have to understand that the cranial nerve goes down into the abdomen in terms of the vagus nervous system.

And then there are ancillary systems that cross connect the reproductive system into the vagus nervous system. And so if you're circumcised, you do not have those ancillary connections, okay? I kid you not. You physically will not develop them because it's part of the maturation process that's induced by hormones. And those hormones will not be triggered unless you have a certain sufficiency.

The number is unknown. Maybe if you've got only a million of these cells, it'll go into maturity. I do not know. We don't know. What we do know is that the reason for the covenant, the reason for circumcision, as cited within their own literature, was control of humans.

So at least the El, the Elohim, at least they thought that this would be sufficient. If they had all the males circumcised, then that population could never get to the point that it could control these devices using their minds and thus form a potential for revolution or danger to the L. The L are super paranoid. When you start reading about these guys, you understand something. They live an incredibly long time.

They might live ten thousands or tens of thousands of years, for all I know, okay? They live within these gons, these giant electromagnetic bubbles, when? Here on Earth, during the Kali Yuga. And maybe that enforces some kind of extra capture of galactic radiation or doesn't prevent it from leaking, whatever. These gones kept people, humans alive, but also keeps the Elohim alive huge amounts of time.

But that means these fuckers are really paranoid about accidents. They're really paranoid about any form of an accident, accidental poisoning, any kind of thing like that is really scary to them because it could cut off what would otherwise be this very long life, right? Maybe 20,000, 30,000, who knows? We do know that the Zoroastrians reckoned that the space aliens thought in terms of thousand year segments. So they actually had words for this kind of thing, right?

Where they would be dealing with time in ways that we do not conceive of it. And just because our lives are so short. And so the Elohim, the space aliens are really fucking freaked at about anything that would in any way shorten these marvelous lives, including the damage to their guns and stuff. There's some hints in some Persian, let's call it accessory literature that the L left the Mideast when the guns that controlled the Garden of Eden was destroyed in basically a guerrilla action by humans. I can get into that at some other time.

It's just fascinating if you get into all of this literature. But in any event though, so we're going to start doing sci lessons and get into that and we'll get around to publishing some of this stuff. At some point I'm turning certain people on to some of these things I've found and showing them where Chat GPT went wrong, but also where it went right. So some of these guys are writers and they'll write it up. I don't have the time.

I'm still in exploration mode with this. Anyway, guys, I'm back here now. It's many hours later than I'd anticipated. I've got fencing that's down all over the place because we had to get it off that truck and it didn't work well. And my tractor was the back wheels were lifting up, it couldn't take the load.

It was just a hugely exciting morning. And now I need to get everything done here so that I can get some lunch anyway, so talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Forbidden Knowledge and Secrets of Ancient History – From The Anunnaki to Human Evolution and Higher Consciousness – Billy Carson and Matthew LaCroix – 05-26-2022

Forbidden Knowledge and Secrets of Ancient History - From The Anunnaki to Human Evolution and Higher Consciousness – Billy Carson and Matthew LaCroix - 05-26-2022

Forbidden Knowledge and Secrets of Ancient History - From The Anunnaki to Human Evolution and Higher Consciousness – Billy Carson and Matthew LaCroix - 05-26-2022

Episode Summary:

Matthew Lacroix and Billy Carson discuss lost civilizations, human origins, and forbidden knowledge. They delve into the Anuma Elish and the Emerald Tablets to uncover secrets of the past. Billy shares his travels to ancient sites worldwide, emphasizing the consistent narrative from locals that these structures were built by gods. The discussion highlights the Sumerian King List, which suggests civilization dates back 200,000 years, challenging mainstream historical timelines. The importance of cuneiform tablets, such as the Eridu Genesis and the Legend of Itanya, is emphasized. These ancient records, combined with geological evidence like ice core samples, paint a comprehensive picture of Earth's cyclical nature and the advanced civilizations that once existed.

#MatthewLacroix #BillyCarson #LostCivilizations #HumanOrigins #ForbiddenKnowledge #AnumaElish #EmeraldTablets #AncientSecrets #SumerianKingList #200000Years #CuneiformTablets #EriduGenesis #LegendOfItanya #IceCoreSamples #Earth #CyclicalHistory #AncientSocieties #Gods #AncientStructures #Travel #Worldwide #Evidence #Geological #HistoricalTimelines #Mainstream #Challenges #Discussion #Importance #Comprehensive #Picture #AdvancedCivilizations #Origins #Ancient #Knowledge

Key Takeaways:
  • Matthew Lacroix and Billy Carson delve deep into lost civilizations and human origins.
  • The Anuma Elish and the Emerald Tablets are central to understanding ancient secrets.
  • Matthew Lacroix and Billy Carson engage in a profound discussion on lost civilizations and human origins.
  • They reference the Anuma Elish and the Emerald Tablets as central texts to uncovering ancient secrets.
  • Billy Carson's extensive travels to ancient sites worldwide reveal a consistent narrative: many ancient structures were believed to have been built by gods or
  • otherworldly beings.
  • The Sumerian King List, an ancient text, suggests that civilization might date back as far as 200,000 years, challenging conventional historical timelines.
  • Cuneiform tablets, such as the Eridu Genesis and the Legend of Itanya, are emphasized for their importance in providing insights into ancient history and events.
  • Ice core samples offer geological evidence that supports the narratives found in ancient records, showing Earth's cyclical climatic changes.
  • The discussion highlights the importance of cross-referencing ancient texts with geological and scientific evidence to gain a comprehensive understanding of Earth's history.
  • The ancient records suggest a cyclical nature of civilizations rising, flourishing, and then getting wiped out, only to rise again.
  • The meticulous nature of cuneiform writing underscores the significance of the information recorded on these tablets.
  • The evidence suggests a global civilization once existed, with connections and shared knowledge across continents.
Predictions
  • Earth's current climatic changes are part of its natural cyclical nature and not solely a result of human activities.
  • As we further explore and understand these ancient texts, more revelations about our past and possibly our future may come to light.
  • The cyclical nature of Earth's events suggests that we might be on the brink of another significant period of change, both climatically and civilization-wise.
  • The rediscovery of ancient knowledge and understanding of Earth's cycles might guide future decisions and preparations.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Forbidden Knowledge and Secrets of Ancient History - From The Anunnaki to Human Evolution and Higher Consciousness – Billy Carson and Matthew LaCroix - 05-26-2022

Um, hey, everyone, matthew Lacroix here. I'm joined by Billy Carson for an epic mastermind discussion and presentation lost Civilizations human Origins and Forbidden Knowledge. So today we're going to be doing something special where Billy and I are going to be dual reading the Anuma Elish and the Emerald Tablets so we can understand these secrets of the past. Billy, what have you been up to and how are you, my friend? First of all, thanks for having me back on.

It's been a long time since we've done this and I'm really excited about it. I was really looking forward to it and I'm glad everything worked out with the weather so that we can make this connection. Since we last did a video, I've been all over the world. I've probably been around the world twice now in the last two years. It's just been amazing.

I mean everywhere. From cambodia, hong kong, south korea. Vietnam? I've been to Akratittery in Greece to go to ancient dig site. I've just been about every peru.

Danascalines machu Picchu. The Sacred Valley Aliens of Tumbo Saxawama. I can just keep going on and on. I've been to a lot of places, and what's happened is I've really dug into the field research kind of firsthand and went and talked to a lot of homegrown archaeologists, a lot of homegrown researchers that have grown up. In the area so that I can get a little bit of information about what's really gone on in ancient past, what they think happened.

And it always comes to the same thing. A lot of people are always saying the people that live there grew up there, know the traditions, always say the same thing, that these weren't built by us, they were built by the guards. And it's really amazing. So it's just been an amazing journey, man. And I'm so happy to be able to even write the book, put the book out.

It's doing phenomenal. Your book is phenomenal right here. The stage of time. I really appreciate this book, man. I just started digging into it and it's so amazing how similar our points of view are and everything in reference to the ancient past and ancient history.

And I respect you for the amount of research that you've done. People don't realize what it takes to be able to put this kind of information out and this level of quality. You really have to be a student of the mysteries and a student of the ancient history. So I appreciate it, man. Thank you.

Hey, Billy. It's an honor. It's amazing to hear those kind words from you, especially coming from someone of your importance. It really is an honor. I have not had a chance to travel quite as much as Billy.

To say I'm jealous is an understatement, I think, but hopefully someday I can get there. Okay, billy and I are going to jump in now into some slides and we're going to review some evidence in chronological order. And we're going to start by trying to understand where human civilizations came from. A lot of times I meet people who, they're sitting down, they're pondering outside and they're wondering where do we come from? Where do human civilizations come from?

Where does knowledge, mathematics, laws, where does all that stuff come from? And they honestly like asking that question because they don't know. And of course, if you go and you go through the education system we have in school, you're taught that human civilization is 6000 years old or less and that everything developed in Mesopotamia, which is true except for the age, is wrong and where it came from is wrong. And what I mean by wrong, I know that's a pretty blunt statement, but we have evidence that tells us where it came from so we don't have to guess anymore. So many people aren't aware of this information.

I think that's one of the things that we're trying to correct now, and Billy and I doing this work is that we're trying to point out and say, hey, look, we have evidence that directly tells us where all these things came from, tells us who we really are, tells us this lost history. And we're now at the point where we're trying to put those pieces together to understand it. And so what I'm showing on the screen right now, this is what is known as eridu. Now if you wanted to try to find out, if you ask yourself, well, what is the evidence that tells us where any of this stuff came from? Where is it and where does it come from?

Because I don't really believe this stuff. Some of this information seems way too far fetched. It really goes against this doctrine, we're told. So provide us some concrete evidence. Well, that evidence comes from four places and Billy can chime in as we're going here and we discuss it.

And I've categorized four cuneiform tablets that provide concrete evidence for all of those questions that I just asked. And those four tablets are the Eridu Genesis, the Sumerian King List, the Code of Hammurabi, and the legend of itanya. In each of those cuniform tablets, it specifically describes where all of those moral laws and codes and mathematics and astronomy. It tells where all that stuff came from. And on top of that, the Sumerians clearly state that in many other places as well, including cylinder seals where they show that.

Okay? And so I want to just provide you a quick little quote and I'm, billy is going to be very familiar with this. That is the opening line of the sumerian king list. Okay? And what it says is when kingship was lowered from heaven, kingship was an eridu, right?

Billy? Absolutely. And that's huge because that gives us an idea of where the very first city was here on Earth and where these kings or these gods, quote unquote, kind of kick started civilization here. I really think it was like a breakaway civilization from their planet to here. And that's one of these great mysteries that still remains is if all this knowledge was handed down and given first.

The first question, of course, is where did it come from and who provided it, right? And those questions then lead to asking even more questions that go deeper and deeper down this rabbit hole, trying to figure out where the origins of everything come from. Now, I wanted to point out something is that some people have looked at the Sumerian King list and they've said, okay, that stuff seems like a fairy tale. It just can't be real. Well, the way that you can know that something like the Sumerian King list is authentic is to then compare the information that's discussed in it with another Tuniform tablet.

And I want to mention that and I've mentioned this before in other shows, some of these tablets came from completely different locations, sometimes hundreds of miles away. So to have information be carried over shows you that, number one, that information is probably true. And number two, it's most likely come from a civilization that was connected. And so where that comes from that we can find that same information is the Eridogenesis. And that is one of these cuneiform tablets that I think is largely unknown and is discussed very little.

And I have the full translations from including the Eridogenesis in the stage of time, because that's how important this is in my opinion. So what the Eridogenesis states I'm just going to read the first two paragraphs because again, I want you to notice those terms. The terms I want you to look for are when you read the Sumerian King list, it mentions these certain cities in chronological order that were founded. Okay? It says Eridu was the first city on Earth.

Then it says that Bad Tabira was the second city, followed by the rock Sapar, and then finally Sharupak. Now, what's important to understand about that is that Sharupak is mentioned in these tablets as being the last city in Mesopotamia before it was all destroyed, and then everything had to start over again. Okay? So what the heir Jugenesis says is it starts by saying when the royal scepter was coming down from heaven, the August crown and the royal throne being already down from heaven, the king regularly performed to perfection the August divine services and offices and laid the bricks of those cities in pure spots. The Firstling of the cities, Eridu, she gave to the leader, Nunamud.

The second, Bad Tabira, she gave to the prince and the sacred one. The third Larok she gave to Palasag. The fourth Sapar she gave to the gallant Utu. The fifth shirupak she gave to Ansud. Not only does it it's not like it mentions one of those cities or another one of those cities.

Every single one is exactly mentioned in the order that the Sumerian King list says now and I want Billy to chime in after this. What's important about that is if you add up the dates given for what they call Shahs when they listed out the reigns of these kings that ruled these cities, you get a history that would go back 200,000 years ago. And I know that would throw a wrench in everything we've ever been taught. Especially when you look at how we're told in school that human civilization is less than 6000 years old. So basically Billy, this paints an entirely different picture about our past, doesn't it?

This is incredible because it shatters our religious systems literally in 1 second. And this is why this information is not taught in schools because obviously the religious systems are a multi trillion dollar industry and they can't have people just going into this ancient information and learning it and bypassing that system. But this is really earth shattering information. The fact that you can discover this information on two different stone tablets. And one thing I really want to point out, not the fact that they're so far apart, but the fact that somebody took the time to etch these into clay with a cuneiform stylus.

I don't know if anybody's ever watched it being done, but I have. There's a professor at the Cambridge Library and he does these and he has a YouTube channel that he shows you how to do it. And let me tell you something, at the British Museum there's also Mr. Finkel, who does it as well, does an excellent job showing how to do the cuneiform. He writes in uniform form and some wet clay.

It's such a tedious process. So you're thinking tens of thousands of years ago, somebody's got to sit down, get the clay out, get a stylus out and take so many hours upon hours to create this information and then bake it and so forth so it can withstand the test time. They didn't have time to do this for fun. This wasn't just like I'm going to sit down and make a whole uniform tablet today just for the heck of it and make up some information. They really put down important information to these tablets, things they thought would be prudent for future generations to see.

Exactly. And it's not even just that they wanted these specific stories to be known because oh, this was just an event that occurred. They were so smart that these stories that they created were written in such a way that it's like this perfect harmonic rhythm to them. And at the same time while they describe both actual events that occurred in the past and this important symbolism and all these metaphors and these lessons that we can learn along the way. But they provide a complete glimpse in this lost viewpoint into where human origins came from and where it all began in the very first place.

I mean, try to imagine over 50,000 years ago. Just try to imagine, I mean, think of everything that human civilization has accomplished in the last 500 years. Now try to imagine more than 50,000 years ago, these civilizations that are all being handed this information and they're rising up and agriculture is blossoming all around the planet, and you're seeing this emergence of human civilization that's spreading out around the planet. And then what happens? Well, it reaches a certain sophistication, and then it's wiped out and destroyed.

And then human civilization has to rebuild itself again. Now, when I mentioned those four tablets that I said are crucial, I didn't read anything from the last two that I mentioned, but I want to bring it up. How do you know that these events occurred? Like, how do we know what I just mentioned Eridu and Sharupak? How do we know those cities were from that?

Fargo right. How do we know how old are they? Or how do we know how to accurately create this timeline? You basically have to look at evidence from a large spectrum of our area to understand. And the first thing you want to look at is you compare things like geologic evidence you get from around the world looking at, oh my God, the landscape was disastrously scarred by these events that occurred last ice age.

And then you look at things like ice core samples and you can pinpoint when these different climatic zones occurred. And then you can take these ancient cuneiform stories and then match them up based on the events they describe and how old they say they are. So when the Sumerian Kingless and the Eridu Genesis talk about these ancient cities, people are then going to say, well, how do we distinguish what's before and what's after? Here's where really paying attention to this stuff comes in important when you look at something like the legend of itanya. And here is yet again another one of these incredibly important tablets that I hear almost nobody talk about, okay?

And that is remarkable because Legend of Itanya is the only tablet that talks about the events that occurred right after the flood. It specifically mentions that there was a city in Mesopotamia that was then created, the first one of all. So you could call Eridu the first city in human civilization ever, according to these records. Then the first city after everything was destroyed was called Kish. And Kish is what's known as these post diluvian civilizations, okay?

And that means that everything we know of when we think of all these things rehanded down and then civilization restarting in Mesopotamia, like we're told in school, that's all part of this post, Alluvian history, this is all part of this new epoch that occurred with this restarting of human civilization over again. And that's why these time periods are so confused, wouldn't you say, Billy? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, it gets a little convoluted, so you really got to pay attention. And I'm glad you brought up the ice course.

There's a show by Greg Braden. The famous Greg Brayden. Great guy, had the pleasure of meeting him and being in some episodes with him on a few shows. He's on a show called Missing Links. It's on Gaia.

But he talks about that entire first episode on season one is all about the ice core samples, digging into the ice cores, matching it up, like you just said, to ancient history and events, global events that have happened. And you get the record stored in the ice core. You can detect when we've had global warming in the past. And then you begin to see this cycle that it happens every so many thousands of years. You begin to see the cycle of every so many thousand years.

You get an ice age. You begin to see the cycle of every so many thousands of years. You get some type of a geological disaster that happens on the planet. You can see the different oxygen levels, different atmospheric gases of the plant life. All that information is in the ice core.

So I mean, literally, when you study these ice cores, you can now then predict the future of the planet. And to be honest with you, a lot of people are really getting worried about the global warming and everything else. We're right on track with the Ice Corps said we were going to be exactly right. Now, this is not something, to be honest with you, out of the ordinary. It's actually something that's part of our cyclical nature of this geological pattern on this planet.

But the amazing thing is those ice cores line up with these ancient tablets, which is why I talk about the fact that I really believe that the Great Sphinx in the Great Pyramid are probably about 36,000 years old. Because if you go back two additional processional periods to match up the Sphinx with the constellation of Leo, you end up around 36,000 years ago when, according to the ice cores and according to the animal tablets, it's the perfect time to build the Giza Plateau, to build a Great Pyramid. So it kind of really gives you it helps you paint a good picture about what's going on. And the other thing is, like you said, finding these tablets all around the world, chief Joseph, which was a Native American Indian that was unburied in North America, was unburied from a burial tomb in North America. And what was in his pocket, a Sumerian tablet written in cuneiform text.

So the Sumerians had contact with Native American, indigenous and Native Americans thousands of years ago in the North Americas, proving again that they had traveled the entire globe. They also found in MesoAmerica Sumerian writing, which they call proto sumerian put this even on Wikipedia. Anybody can look it up. They even had a metric system back then. So when I tell people about the fact that the Grand Gallery in the great Pyramid is the longitude of the numbers match the speed of light in 5 meters/second.

Well, people go, oh, no, we didn't have meters back then. Oh, yes, we did. They had meters thousands of years ago. Everything we have now is just a rediscovery. Exactly.

That's really well said. And we're going to be getting into some of those pieces of evidence from other parts of the world that prove that there was this global civilization and global connection that once occurred around the planet that was completely destroyed and wiped out. And Billy, you made some excellent points there and I want to address a couple of them is right now, yes, we're going through another one of these time periods, this cyclical nature time period. Don't allow the media to distract you and confuse you over what's going on right now. Oh, this warming that's occurring on the Earth completely just human induced, nothing to worry about.

We're just going to fix things up, cool things down. We'll be all set. Except for the fact that we're right in line with another one of these cycles that I think is based on solar cycles that occur where you get extreme warming and then a period of extreme cooling over and over and over again. And in between each one of those events, you get a disaster. Now, how big that disaster is going to be depends on a lot of factors, especially if you have an ice age.

And that's why I want to both remind people that that's why this information is so important to learn right now, because we're in this window where we have all of this available to us and we don't know how long that window is going to be. And secondly, thankfully, this is the part where I go. The positive direction on this discussion is that we don't have an ice age right now. And that's something that a lot of people it gets past and they say, oh my God, these events that occurred back then, they're going to be just as bad right now. Well, they sort of can't be, because without that ice age and having one to 2 miles of ice above where I'm sitting right now talking to you, you're not going to have that massive outburst of water that flooded, which is what was one of the major components, I believe, behind what they describe as being the Great Deluge.

Now, I do think that there is earthquake and volcanic activity that occurs as well. And I'm not going to poo poo the idea that we're not going to have challenges that are going to be coming up in our future. But we just have to understand and really look back at these events in history and then learn from them and try to figure out if we're going to go the same route that these ancient civilizations did and disappear or if we're going to be able to stand the test of time and our civilization is going to continue. And so that's why we're at a crossroads right now. Because we need to understand that the Maya, the Aztec, the Hopi, the Hindu, the Cherokee, and then many, many other ancient cultures around the world, they clearly state in their ancient writings and in their stories, they say that human civilization today, this is either the third or the fourth epoch that we've had in our past.

That means that human civilizations have gone through these cycles of rising up and then being destroyed over and over again. And we're at the third or fourth of those time periods. And that's pretty mind blowing to wrap your head around and consider, I think, Billy. Don't you? Oh, absolutely.

It tells you that we're in a grand cycle, just like the Indians talk about the Native not the Native American Indians, but the Indians in the east when they're talking about these grand cycles of the Yugos and the rise and fall of civilizations. And the nature of this universe is cyclical, and the rise and fall of civilizations is cyclical. And Tho talks about this in the Emerald Tablets when he talks about the fact that he's actually traveled to other planets to watch civilizations rise and fall. So we're not the only ones that go through this situation. According to Tho, this happens all throughout the entire universe.

Civilizations have this cyclical nature to them where they rise and fall. So we're not the exception. The same thing happens here, and we're living you brought up a very good point. We're living in a very small window of opportunity here where we're able to enjoy this planet, enjoy the beauty of nature, to flourish. And really, it's a shame when you see this tiny when you can really understand how small this window it's smaller than a blink of an eye.

It's quicker than a blink of an eye geologic time wise. Yeah. Eurologically time wise. Yeah. So we're here, and we're battling each other and fighting each other and we're pulling each other apart.

We should be spending this little bit of precious time that we have to love each other, to have show unconditional love to your brother and your sister to unite and maybe even to find a way if we join. Up to break this cycle or maybe travel the stars and do things that we have an opportunity to do while we have this window of opportunity here before the next geological disaster. It's not to be negative. It's just that it's just part of life, just like your avatar body is born and it grows up and it lives, and when it wears out, it passes on. The same thing happens in these windows where you have areas where the galactic space is clear of debris and planets can prosper and grow and develop life.

And then there's times where that doesn't happen anymore for a short period of time. So we've got to be happy with what we have here. And we got to really start to love each other and enjoy the opportunity, this window of opportunity that we do have on this planet. Very well said. And that's essentially leading us into, well, how far back do we go?

And if we had the cyclical nature of destruction over and over and over again, are we going to make it to the next epic, to the next stage? Like you said, just imagine what the future of humanity could be. Both talks about that all the time. The potential of what we have is almost infinite. It's infinite except that we are dramatically held back by all these things that distract us and keep us locked in this illusion of the material world.

And that's why folk calls us we're the children of men. We're not men. We're not mankind. We're the children of men because we're all like these little kids that refuse to accept who we really are and what defines the nature of reality. We get so distracted by this physical body.

This is me. This is me. I need as much as I can before I die because I can't take it with me. Except that we're just eternal conscious energy, and you can't take anything physical with you. The only thing that matters is what you do during this life and what you leave behind in your legacy for the future.

That's really all that matters. And so on that note, we're going to get into some of these really controversial topics because we're going to go back even further. And when we discuss in places like the Eridogenesis and Sumerian Kingless, when it discusses how the first city was Eridu, and then all these other cities emerged afterwards, people would scratch their head and be like, well, what else does it say? Right? Does it say anything else about what happened before that?

What about human civilizations? I don't feel like an ape. Everything in this life tells me that I'm something different from an ape. Well, evidence clearly states the opposite of what we've been told in school through this Darwinian evolution aspect of where we're told that Neanderthals and Denisovians came along and started slowly developing, and then we broke away, and then we had this rapid developing, and then we ended up where we are. Except the problem is they don't explain at all how the human brain doubled in size in only a small time period, or all these strange things about both, why we have all these genetic abnormalities and we don't have hair on our body.

If we go on to nature and we try to try to survive in this world, we will die. It's almost like if you look at it from the outside, like an observer, it's like we're not really from here. It's like we're just here as visitors and stewards, here to learn and grow. Whereas what we're told is that we're just sort of this ape that got here where we are because of survival of the fittest. And because of that we can do whatever we want, right?

Billy right. I totally don't agree with that. I believe that there's micro changes that organisms are capable of but the macro changes like what they're describing in this evolution to go from a monkey to a human being it would take probably billions of years even just a 2% variance which is the difference between us and a chimpanzee. That 2% variance literally takes multimillions of years. If they were to, quote unquote, be real macroevolution.

And so I really do believe after looking at the research, after analyzing information in biology having to do with chromosome number two being fused in the human genome, having the telomere caps put on the end of chromosome number two, and geneticists, mainstream geneticists have said this had to be done in a laboratory. They set it out their own mouth. They've written this down. This is like well known, but they can't say who did it. But they can tell you it seems to happen around 200,000 years ago.

Isn't that interesting? Isn't that the same age we gave? If you add up all the dates for the reigns of these cities, you get just over 200,000 years ago, which would fall in line with the first city ever created and this old biblical story with Adam and Eve and the creation of man, right? Absolutely. So you start to take these biblical stories, right, that we think are all just myth.

And then you take these direct evidence from these cuneiform tablets, and then you take all this genetic data and you look at all of it on this holistic viewpoint, and all of a sudden you start to see that the story of what we've been told about who we are is extremely antiquated biased and inaccurate. And I actually go one step further to say that it was deliberately chosen. See, Darwin, if you look into Darwin and you look in his theories, he wrote confidently, he stated, and this is something that a lot of people don't bring up is that he expected that his theories were going to be disproved in the future. He said that he expected his theories to be disproved in the future because he saw holes in his logic and he saw holes in what he was seeing around him. And he knew that I know I hammer on Darwin pretty bad, but the more you look at it, the more you can actually see that Darwin didn't even like I said, he didn't even think that his theories were going to be something that stood the test of time.

But what happened is religion and other organizations grabbed on to Darwin because they said, here is something we can use. What happens if human beings could view their existence as an ape? You know what I mean? Billy? Absolutely.

If someone perceives themselves as just. An ape, and that brain is created, and that consciousness is created with a brain. Billy, I'm going to ask you, how would that change both what we do here and our perspective in the universe? Well, if somebody thought that they really came from apes and that consciousness comes from the brain, it will limit you, because now you have a limited viewpoint of where you came from and how you got to this point. I think that if you that really blocks you into the religious system.

I think that if people would understand that we were seeded on this planet and then much later genetically modified, maybe even again by these anunnaki beings or these atlantean beings at some point, according to the ancient text, but understanding that consciousness is not created in the brain, that consciousness is downloaded from the source. And I think that that will really expand people's mentality to understand that they're part of something much bigger than this simple evolutionary type of a fairy tale, but they're really part of the God divine energy that's flowing through the entire universe. And that the same divine energy that is creating everything that we consider to be matter in the third dimension. And reality in the third dimension is the same divine energy flowing through and coursing through their veins. And there was a study in a scientific study done where they took people and they put them in rooms and they put in dark rooms, and they put these electrodes on their head, connected them to a computer.

They want to see what people's brain electronically looked like on a computer after looking at specific images so they can see how the brain reacts to information and digital information and images, well, they found out something amazing by accident. So they faced these images 10 seconds apart. They would put up something like a serene image of a lake view or ocean, a bed of roses, then a horrific scene like somebody getting murdered or stabbed or shot, and then a weird scene, like kind of in the middle, like a building on fire and things like that. So all of a sudden, what started happening is the data read out on the computer started telling the computer what the next image was going to be up to 7 seconds in advance. So that proves that we're getting a download of information from the future or from maybe real time, and we're not living in real time.

So again, the brain doesn't create consciousness. It downloads it. Every case study they did, it worked out the same way. After a few minutes, the human brain was picking up the next image and transmitting it to the computer before the image showed up on the screen. Every case study they did.

So this is how powerful we truly are. Our brain has billions of magnetite crystals. We download information directly from spacetime, and we bring it into our reality tunnel so that we can operate within it. But that's a whole nother point of view that they don't really want us to know. They want us to keep us very locked in and focused on eight to human and 6000 years and all this other kind of crazy stuff.

But the true reality is we are much bigger and much more important than this evolutionary fairy tale that's been taught. That's right. And that's really well said, Billy. I could not agree more. What I wanted to say in regards to that is one of the examples I give that I talk about a lot is human beings right now perceive themselves as just this animal, right?

Just this advanced animal. And it's like they're in this giant fenced in pen and they're all going to work and they're all doing what they're told and they live generally these very mundane lives. We just come home, we watch TV, maybe we go out for a hike. Every once in a while we go out to do something. But largely our lives are very uneventful and then before we die, that's why the regrets of most people is that they never really did anything.

Okay? That's this farm of conformity that we talk about where people the perception of reality that's been created here is not simply just based on some scientists that created it. And oh, that's what all the evidence says. So we're going to go along with that. It's actually a paradigm to control our consciousness and how we perceive reality here because we're about to read some cuneiform tablets that completely contradict what we're told and you're going to see how this mindset could control human civilizations.

So getting back before we start that, getting back to I want to bring up a point getting back to this farm of conformity. Those animals that are in that farm, doing what they're doing on a daily basis, going to some dead end job and wasting all their energy and time. And then they die. And they wonder what they spend all their time doing. If those animals, and I use that term animal as just an example because we're not really animals at all, are we?

But if those animals realize that they're not farm animals at all and that they're actually this incredible being that doesn't belong caged at all, it belongs, doesn't belong having its wings clipped, it belongs out expanding consciousness and reaching the infinite stars and all these things. Whereas the complete opposite is happening right now. When you discover the truth and when you read these ancient translations and tablets and when you look at all this data, it's like finding a hole in that fence and running away and never coming back ever again. But the challenge that I put to every single person here and I bring this up in my previous book, The Challenge, and it goes along with Plato's cave. The idea that everyone's trapped by these illusions is that when you break out of that pen and you run away and the sun is basking on you and you're free.

The challenge then becomes you have to come back. You have to come back and save the rest of the animals that are in that farm or they're not going to make it out. And that collective of humanity is going to go down that road that other civilizations did, and we're going to be wiped out and we're going to disappear and become a myth just like they did, because we're not learning the fundamental lessons we need to right now to make changes and reach the next level of our consciousness. So on that note, Billy, let's go into what actually says in these tablets and discusses it. Okay?

We're going to be starting what's called the Anuma Elish. And I know it's very dear to your heart, Billy, because it's one of the ones that I know you talk about among the most of all. And the Anuma Elish was found in the Asher Bonnepole library, as I mentioned, in 1849. And there's been many translations and different versions of it that have been brought up. And I want to also just mention before we bring that up that it may be amazing for some to read and understand that you'll read one version of the Anuma Ilish, then you'll read another version, like the Babylonian version, you'll notice that they're different.

I just want to bring up is that there is a competition among these gods for who created mankind and who can get credit for being their savior and their great father. And so if you read Babylonian versions of what we're about to read right now, you find out that it says that Mardu created mankind. Okay? And we can get into and talk about that as well, but it's this competition for who can be the savior, who could be the great creator of our species. So in the version we're going to be reading, it's a version that came out of Nineveh, and it's the version that I feel is the most accurate.

And it was translated by great translators like Stephanie Dally and George Smith, some of the best that have been out there. And so the Enuma Elish starts by saying from where we're going to begin. It says, they bound him, holding him before EA. They inflicted the penalty on him and severed his blood vessels from his blood. He IA created mankind, on whom he imposed the service of the gods and set the gods free.

And then it says, after the wise EA had created mankind and had imposed the service of the gods upon them, that task is beyond comprehension. The gods were then divided all the Anunnaki into upper and lower groups. He assigned 300 in the heavens to guard the decrees of ANU and appoint them as a guard.

Isn't that amazing? It's amazing. Yeah, I mean, it just tells you right there and Billy, I'm sure, you know, that same description is almost referenced exactly in the Otrahesis as well. Isn't that just mind blow boggling with all these questions that have it's amazing that the Otto Aces, Epic and this have so many similar verses in them. So it tells you that it's right on point.

It's really amazing. And the thing that I liked about the Enumerate is the fact that it mentions the Anunnaki, it mentions Marduk or the Nibiru Planet, depending on the version that you're reading. And you could find Marduk in the modern day Bible, you could find him in the Torah, you could find these names American Library. So it's not even been hidden. It's there, but people have just never paid attention to it.

Well, let's try to have people understand they might not know these names. So IA, that's mentioned directly in this translation that we read, his name originally was known as Iya before he came here. And then his title was then changed to Enki. Okay, enki. I'm just going to refer to him as Enki.

That was because that was his later name. But Enki is the one that is credited in every single ancient text except some of these other versions that were later rewritten as being the creator of mankind. And he was said to be this great being that created mankind to do the workload of the gods. And actually, the phrase I like even more if you go read the Otrahesis, which those translations are in the stage of time, is that the phrase that it gives in the Ottohesis is even better. It says they created mankind specifically for the role to do the role of the gods, but it says the phrase to undo the chain to set them free.

Undo the chain to set them free. Now, I want to tell you what I think about that, and then maybe you can mention what you think, Billy, but I believe that that references the chain of the physical reality in the third dimension. And being mortal, I think these beings used the human race as a way to achieve immortality and also probably to achieve a nonphysical existence here where they could go into upper dimensions and basically rule over us because we exist in a lower state of awareness than they do. And then you can chime in. But I want to also mention is that, well, who is Marduk?

Because we brought that up. Marduk is credited as being the first son of Enki Iya. And so this competition arose between these younger generation gods and the older generation gods over competing here on who could rewrite everything, who could become the savior, who could become the great god here. And that's what this competition has been over and over and over again. And that's why Billy and I try to fight so hard to try to get the most accurate information, because it's a battle of information and it's a battle of understanding the truth, right, Billy?

It's a big battle. I mean, even I just made a post on Instagram about the fact that Marduke, also known as Arman RA, is responsible for the defacing of a lot of these statues and these hieroglyphs around Egypt and a lot of people got immediately offended and they're really going crazy on the comments here. When I get off of this show with you, I'm going to check my comments. It's going to be real hectic because people don't want to come to terms with the fact that this was done in deep antiquity. I've been to Egypt, I've seen the thousands upon thousands of defaced gods on the hieroglyphs.

I'm talking about temples with glyphs probably I would say 2000, 300,000 Glyphs in one temple, all chipped away faces of all of the statues broken off. And these go way back further than Napoleon. They want to say Napoleon went and shot the noses off and people didn't want people to know that there were some black people in Asia. No. Amen Raw, also known as Marduk, is the one who had this done because why?

Because he wants to be known as the one and true only God. The same term that actually made it into modern day Bible. These guys had big egos, I mean big, big egos man. And they were battling each other consistently to be the one to do this and the one to do that. And matter of fact, if you look in the modern day Bible, look at the book of Deuteronomy, the book of Deuteronomy, and especially when you figure out that the word God in the Bible is mistranslated with God's singular is supposed to be God's plural everywhere in the term Bible it was purposefully done.

In the Book of Deuteronomy you have these gods who are Marduke and his cousins and his nephews and everybody else fighting each other and sending humans across to another area where people that they don't know, never met before to battle them, to rob and rape and steal and everything else. These are the actual words used in the modern day Bible rape, kill, murder and so forth. And they were battling each other, using humans as cattle, kind of like we do today. We take somebody out of school, we send them halfway around the world, put him in the military, tell him to go blow up a guy on a camel so he can get a free education. But it's a mind trick we played on the people now.

So they've got these guys doing the same thing today as they did in ancient times. But it's really amazing how they wanted to be able to take claim for everything. And you see it's passed down to the pharaohs. The pharaohs, they take claim for a tomb that wasn't theirs. They would take claim for a pyramid that they didn't really build.

They take claim for anything because they want to have that reputation to add it to their bio. Right? Yeah. That legacy, it's crazy. And that's what it really comes down to.

And that legacy is what is being fought over right now. That battle has not ended. It's just we don't perceive it the same way because our understanding of linear time is different than perhaps others. We exist in a certain kind of 24 hours cycle based on this twelve hour clock. And it's really interesting if you look at the origins of where that came from and how that rules everything because how we perceive time is how we perceive events and how we perceive how things go over the course of history.

And I want to bring up a couple of little interesting points as we talk about human origins. And we really touched on that well, when Billy was discussing how we download consciousness or we're like antennas for consciousness and that we're really these beings that are here that didn't arise from just simply just an evolved state. Now, I do believe that human beings are a product that includes a primitive ape as like a blueprint. But that doesn't mean that that's our complete origins. Let me give you an example.

I think this is one of the best examples to really look at this, to disprove what has been taught. Billy brought up what's called micro versus macro. Micro means very small, macro means larger. And that's one of the things that I talk about in the stage of time a lot is that, like Lloyd Pi says, evolution, as we've been taught, is much more likely to be on a micro scale than on a macro scale. Meaning that small things do happen over time based on the environment and things that occur.

But large things either take a really long time or they did not happen the way that we're told. And I think the same thing happened with humanity and the human race. Because if you look at how far back the human race goes and everything we've left behind in writings, everything we've left behind in observations throughout time, there's never been one mention ever of an ape that's been observed changing on a level that we can understand that would be related to evolution. Yes, there's apes that can be taught gorillas and things that can be taught how to read certain things and certain intelligence because they do have an intelligence that can reach a certain level that is rather intelligent. But it's nowhere on the same scale of what human consciousness and the human brain is capable of even on the same level.

Because when we look at human beings and the fact that we only have 46 chromosomes instead of the 48 that's found in most primates, you really can see that there's been this genetic manipulation that's occurred over time. And I don't even think that that happened once. And I want your opinion, Billy, but it seems like if you read some of these stories. And what they spoke about in these tablets is that humans were becoming were way too smart and way too conscious, and we were potentially tampered with and then dumbed down. Right?

That's exactly right. I mean, I just talked about this at a lecture at disclosure fest in California a few months ago. The fact that our immediate cousins right behind us, to me, were much smarter than us, just based off of what I've read and researched, they're probably not maybe technologically smarter that's potential that's potentially they were. But I think that they were more smarter, spiritually, more in tune with nature, more in tune with the human resonant frequency of the earth. They were using the magnetite crystals in their brains.

They may have even been telepathic. They may have had more DNA connected to the avatar system. Right now we have this quote unquote junk DNA, which is not really junk. It's disconnected. We've been disconnected from the higher realms and higher levels by these anunnaki people to keep us a little bit more dumbed down brains.

Our pineal glands have probably shrunk a little bit smaller than our immediate cousins and making us into this homo sapien sapien being. Right now that we're in this new biological avatar, they've got us in a way where they've kind of put a cap on us. Literally, they put a cap on us physically with their telomere caps, and then they put a cap on us. People who don't know what telomeres are on the end of chromosome number two, scientists geneticists discovered that chromosome number two was fused together, taken out, fused together, and a cap was put on each end. And these caps are like buffer material of genetic information.

So every time that your cells DNA replicates, nothing gets lost in translation. However, these buffer caps run out of material. And what's interesting is when you go to the biblical account of the tower of Babel, you discover that human beings are working together on one accord to build this tower to the heavens. And whether it was a space tower or whether it was a cargo cult type of a tower mimicking what the Anunnaki or these Atlantic people had built, or whether it was just a tower that they came together, decided to build this tower, it doesn't really matter. What happens is N lil, who's known as Yahweh in the modern day bible, he comes back and realizes the humans are getting too smart, they're getting too intelligent.

I mean, this is crazy. He even says out of his own mouth, no matter what they set their mind to do, they can achieve it. So he says, at that point, first he destroys the tower. Then he says, my siege should not abide in man forever. So we were living for a very, very long time back then.

This is well documented, though it's written about other than a lot of ancient civilizations talk about the fact that human beings were living for many hundreds and sometimes thousands of years. He said, My siege shall not abide a man forever. His years will be 120. Well, Harvard scientists just recently discovered two years ago that under the most pristine conditions, a human being can only live to 120 years. Backing up ancient text with modern science.

And then they discovered these telomere caps and they discovered how to stop the telomere caps from shrinking in mice. So they then had mice living three times their normal lifespan with this new technique that they use on telomeres, which means that they can then now do it on human beings as well. So that the possibility for us to live for hundreds of years or even thousands of years is well within reach of modern science at this particular moment. But again, the scientists, like I said earlier, were saying that they don't know who did this, but it happened about 200,000 years ago. This is all really coming together, the culmination of modern science, backing up these ancient tablets, adding more credence to what we're talking about, and really adding right now, giving us the evidence that we need to talk about these topics and bring it to everybody out in the world.

That's right. It was really well said, Billy, and I couldn't agree more. If you think of it as why would that need to be done? Right? So if you were, let's call you an overlord of human civilization, if human beings could live for hundreds of years, if not more than 1000 years, think about how much knowledge you could obtain in that amount of time.

Think about how much fundamentally you could change and reach these higher states and all this. So it was realized that, well, it'd be a lot easier to prevent that by just making so they would only die at a certain age, which actually, if you look at the potential of what the Emerald Tablet says, and the Sumerian King list and the others about how long even humans or other beings could potentially live. 120 years. It's like a little flick of your fingers is actually nothing. If you look at how far back time goes and how long these civilizations ruled for and all these things and you brought up those great points, is that here we have scientists that are verifying that these things occurred.

To our DNA a certain amount of years ago, and you're getting the same uniform tablets, then back them up by not only saying that human civilization was created at the same time, and then showing the long reigns of these great bloodline kings, proving that human beings also lived longer. Then you see the destruction of all of that and how we had to restart over again and and then the human lives became less and less over time to where we got now. I think that you see all these shows where they talk about the telekinesis abilities of certain special individuals and all this stuff. And you read the Emerald tablets and a lot of these ancient texts as well, and they all clearly state that human beings used to have all these gifts, all these abilities, and live a long time. And all of those things were taken away from us to prevent a lot of those changes that were occurring to keep us in this never ending loop of what I feel is that we essentially live this life.

We expel all the energy until we're done, and then we have to do it all over again, over and over and over again. And that's that chain, I think that's that chain that undid, the chain that allowed them to be free was essentially making us be the ones that do that life that they used to have to do. Having to live another life again and do it all over again and have to grow up again and learn everything. They essentially achieved immortality and were able to rise above that, whereas we're stuck. Not only do we not know the truth, but we're kept in this paradigm as almost like mental slaves.

When you say absolutely, I mean, you hit it right on the head. We're literally trapped in this spiritual cycle as well. So once the avatar body has broken down and dilapidated and decides to die, and then your spirit is released back into the universal consciousness again, becomes recycled right back into the system again. And the Anunnaki and these Atlantean people, they had discovered a way to surpass this recycling. And they've also discovered a way to both talks about consciously incarnating at will.

They also talked about having these avatar bodies on standby and regeneration chambers, which I'm sure Earth wasn't just the only place that they had when they had one. In the halls of lamenti, which was discovered. I talked about it in my book. Underneath the Great Pyramid extends about a mile out underneath the Giza Plateau. Plateau hundreds of rooms down there.

Exactly what thou said they were, where they would put a body in and leave the body in there, a human body or avatar body, because it wasn't exactly a human, because he said that while one body was basically being recharged, he would walk amongst men in another body, but walk amongst men, but unlike a man. So they were creating these avatars. And what have we now discovered in modern science? We can take literally a skin cell off of your body. We can then put it in a laboratory condition and turn that skin till into a stem cell.

Then we can grow that stem cell into an entire clone of you. And now with the technology we have, now that we have these DNA hard drives and some of the technology being developed at DARPA and also a 2045 project by Ray Crosswell in Russia, we can transfer consciousness like Folk talks about transferring his consciousness into avatars. We can do it now in modern times. So in the future, it's potentially going to come to be that you'll transfer your consciousness into an avatar body that came before you die, before you die, so that you can then transfer it over, and then you can have that regain all that, right? Exactly.

You don't lose anything. You just go into another body. And Folk says he had done this 100 times. 100. That's 100,000 years.

Just imagine that it stopped there for a second, Billy. He says he's done that not a couple of times and not even 100 times. He's done it a thousand times. He's lived a thousand times while his body recharged. It's crazy.

So we're talking about history that we have to completely try to readjust our understanding of how far back time goes and how far back all of this information goes. We're living in this little glimpse of what used to be long ago. And I think what you said is spot on. One of the things I include in the stage of time is a god chart at the end, including for both. And I just wanted to show that because we're talking about but in here, I included some question marks in Sumer, because when you trace back both, and you trace back some of these incarnation to like, Hermes, and then long before you find out, well, how far back did these beings incarnate?

Who were they originally? And do we have to completely look at all of these what we perceived as gods, but also we perceived as these great leaders and these great wisdom bringers, we have to really relook at who are they? Are they maybe an incarnation of another great teacher from long ago? And I think, Billy, that is going to lead us perfectly into Atlantis, because when we were talking about we're talking about this birthplace of civilization, okay? And I want to just lay that out there before we get into Atlantis so we can keep this timeline going.

The sumerian king lives in the Eridogenesis. And along with all the other things we're talking about with the evidence from ice cores, they support that these civilizations were well over 10,000 years ago. In fact, again, the Sumerian Kingless would support that they were more likely 200,000 years ago. And what is important about that is it gives us a time frame to then work with. So then after these civilizations emerged out of Mesopotamia, if you go with what the actual evidence says, it makes the most logical sense that then the grand civilization that was created, that we think of as a global civilization was what was known as Atlantis.

And that was this global maritime civilization that reached all the way around the world and connected to all this evidence. And that's why you see so many common traits that we're going to go over throughout the show all over the world. So if Atlantis is the birthplace of where this. Great global civilization emerged, then it would mean that it has the most amount of ancient wisdom of any civilization that's ever existed because it was around the longest amount of time with the most amount of knowledge that was freely available. Because as Billy has stated, this whole restarting of civilization and the battling of the gods, both second and first generation meant that information was being fought over, concealed, destroyed, rewritten and tampered with to confuse everybody.

But back then it wasn't like that. Back then that information was pure and that's what Thoth was trying to preserve. So civilization that emerged out and became Atlantis, this great global civilization, its greatest priest was known as Thoth, and that's where all of this comes from. So Thoth had all the knowledge of Atlantis and because he was a master alchemist, he created what is known as the Emerald Tablets out of this indestructible material. So that that knowledge that existed from the very beginning, describing everything from where it started could be preserved.

But not only that is those teachings that could help us ascend to reach that higher level, that walkthrough guide for reaching the highest state you can. That's what this is. And so what Billy and I are going to be doing that's going to be special is we're going to be dual reading Emerald Tablet number one, which brings all of this in for the first time so we can understand the importance of where all this came from. Okay, so I'm going to start emerald Tablet number one. Starts by saying I Thoth, the Atlantean, Master of Mysteries, Keeper of Records, mighty king, magician living from generation to generation, being about to pass into the halls of Amenti, set down for the guidance of those who came from after those records of the mighty wisdom of Great Atlantis in the great city of Kior on the island of Undao.

In the great time far past, I began this incarnation. Not as the little men of the present age did the mighty ones of Atlantis live and die, but rather from Eon to Eon did they renew their life. In the halls of Amenti, where the river of life flows eternally onward.

A hundred times ten have I descended the dark way that led into light, and as many times have I ascended from the darkness into the light, my strength and power renewed. Now for a time I descend and the men of Chem shall know me no more. But in a time yet unborn, I will rise again, mighty and potent, requiring an accounting of those left behind me. Then beware, O men of Kim, if ye have fall to betrayed my teaching, for I shall cast ye down from your high estate into the darkness of the caves from where ye hence came. Remember and heed my words, for surely I will return again and require of thee that which ye guard, even from beyond time and from beyond death.

While I return rewarding or punishing as ye have required your trust. Great were my people in the ancient days great beyond the conception of the little people now around me knowing the wisdom of old seeking far within the heart of infinity knowledge that belonged to the Earth's youth wise we were with the wisdom of the children of light who dwelt among us. Strong were we with the power drawn from the eternal fire. And of all these, greatest among the children of men was my father Thothme keeper of the great Temple linked between the children of light who dwelt within the temple and the races of men who inhabited the Ten Islands. The Dweller of Unal speaker of the King to the Kings with a voice that must be obeyed grew right there from a child into manhood being taught by my father, the Elder Mysteries until in a time grew within the fire of wisdom until it burst into a consuming flame.

Not desired I but the attainment of wisdom. Until on a great day commanded command came from the dweller of the temple that I be bought before him. Few there were among the children of men who had looked upon the mighty face and lived for not as the sons of men are the children of light when they are not to incarnate in the physical body. Chosen was I from the sons of men taught by the dweller so that his purpose might be fulfilled. Purpose is yet unborn in the womb of time.

Long ago I dwelt in the temple learning ever in yet ever more wisdom until I too, approached the light emitted from the great Fire taught me he the path to amenti the underworld where the Great king sits upon his throne of might. Deep I bowed in homage before the Lords of Life and the Lord of Death receiving my gift, the key of Life. Free was I of the halls of mentee bound not by death to the circle of life. Far to the stars I journey until space and time became the Naught. Then, having drunk deep of the cup of wisdom I looked into the hearts of men and there I found the Great Mysteries and was glad.

For only in the search for truth could my soul be stilled. With the flame with within bequenched. Down through the ages I lived seeing those around me taste of the cup of death and return again into the light of life. Amazing. It's so powerful.

Billy, I want to just put my thoughts on that for a second and then I want you to chime in and we'll just talk about this for a minute. So to start, what you just heard is part of tablet number one that was handed down as part of the emerald tablets of this ancient wisdom. Now, this wasn't being read, as you can tell, in Atlantis. It was being read in Egypt because he talks about the men of chem in it. That means that when Atlantis was being destroyed, both and his trusty masons and priests and those who were around him, they all fled Atlantis.

This island subcontinent that was considered this principal island subcontinent of seven circular islands with this large central landmass in the middle called Undal. Okay? And the central city on Undal was known as Kior, and that's where Tholf says he was born in this life and then he was raised until he became a very wise priest. And so they fled Atlantis to create this new civilization in Egypt. And that's where he was essentially is reading and providing this knowledge to the men of Chem.

But what I want to just bring up that I want you to talk about, Billy, that's amazing, is he talked about how there was this connection that existed within these temples to these children of light, with the children of men, and that only through these temples could they acquire this connection to essentially speak to the gods. So the Emerald Tablet is talking about how in Atlantis, these great priests in these temples basically had a connection to the gods, right? Yeah. I mean, they literally are talking now these gods might be these much more progenitor level gods, or maybe these could be even people or entities from another dimension that we're interacting with them and maybe even passing them knowledge. I mean, there's so much that we just don't know.

But through these temples, and even like in the home of Amenti, both would appear there and disappear from there. So they could be using these temples inside of them at some point. There could be portals to other dimensions where they go before these grand gods or before these other entities to get knowledge and information and esoteric wisdom. Yeah, and he calls them cycle Masters. And he says on several occasions that he met some of these cycle masters and in some of the other tablets.

One of the things I find amazing is that he mentions how he was shown the chaos that exists beyond our physical dimension and how that there are these great masters that prevent all this darkness and evil from entering in. And that over time, some of those great masters were no longer present anymore to defend that. And that could be one of the reasons why so much darkness and evil was allowed into our realm, is that these great protectors, these great priests, these great men who would sit up on mountaintops and command their vibrational frequency into the universe, they were protecting this realm from evil. And those men don't exist in the same capacity they used to anymore. And so that's why this Torch he mentions that's being passed down to then allow others to find truth is being given to us, right?

Absolutely. And if you listen to what you just said, it's a perfect description of Doctor Strange, the movie Dr. Strange, where they were the same exact story. I think they copied it from the Emerald Tablets, to be quite honest with you. The fact that they had to have these cycle masters and they had to be to ward off evil from attacking and destroying the planet and so forth.

But some leaked in it's the same story as the Emerald Tablet. They made it into a box office movie. That's right. And so you tend to see when you review all this stuff and you go back and look at other movies and things, it all starts to make sense. And it really starts to blow your mind when you can put all this together into a place where you can say, wow, this stuff is real.

And look, it's all around me. I just didn't notice it because I hadn't actually put those pieces together in a chronological order based on the evidence. Because you can't just listen to what Billy and I are saying. You got to go look at this stuff yourself, go read the Emerald Tablets, go see some of this wisdom, ponder on its mysteries and decide for yourself what's real and what might just be an illusion. And that's where we move to understanding well, what happened next.

So Atlantis was destroyed and while it was being destroyed, tholf and his trusted priests and masons, they left and they founded this civilization we know of as Chem in Egypt. And Tholf says in that, that he was the great builder of these pyramids and that this was supposed to be a civilization that was arise to be in the image of Atlantis. Right. Just like some other places you're going to go into too. But Billy, talk about some of the ancient technology and some of the mysteries we find from some of this lost atlantean that came imparted there.

Right. I'll tell you, it's amazing. I mean the evidence there is just mind blowing. Going to Egypt, I spent a lot of time there. Thankfully I was able to do that.

I was blessed to be able to do that. And to go to almost every major temple in Egypt, had to get on a plane three times to fly to different areas to get out to these places, drive through the middle of the desert for hours to get to temples. And one thing you notice that is consistent megalithic blocks, no mortar, impossible cornering in the brick masonry, magnetic granite. This is all there. It's everywhere you go.

And it points to one architect. And as you look around the planet, you see the same exact type of architecture again points to one main architect. One person laid out this plan and said, look, this is the design plan now duplicated everywhere. And that's how it was done. But what's really amazing is that the great pyramid at Giza, the way that the structure is set up, you can just see the resonating energy and power from it.

I had the blessing to be able to go to some of the underground tunnels there and that area used to be flooded with an Aquifer in some of those parts. Then Aquifer would allow physiostatic electricity to be transmitted up into the base of the Great Pyramid and then from there it would be shot up into the through the grand gallery which probably had resonating chambers in it or resonating rods that would then fire those that power up into the king's chamber which I had the blessing of going into. And then I believe personally that the Arc of the Covenant used to sit inside that box that they try to call a sarcophagus. It's the perfect it's the same exact dimension as the Arc of the Covenant and that would interact with this Arc and that would create some type of a master spark which then would be shot through the apex. And I believe that the Great Pyramid was a multifunctional stone or is still a multifunctional stone computer kind of now partly broken because the cap has been taken off and some of the technology has been taken out.

But it operated as a wireless generator. Wireless power generator. It operated as a portal generator, it operated as a stabilizer because the Great Pyramid is directly at the center of the mass of the Earth. Not the center of the Earth, the center of land mass of the Earth. It's located directly on that spot.

It also to me was a communication device. The way the shafts reach out to the Orion and the Sirius. I believe that they had a capability of sending some type of a subspace frequency to those star systems to communicate back and forth. So it's just amazing. And then when you take a look at the Giza Plateau itself I have a video on my YouTube channel about it where the temples and the pyramids are located.

You can actually create a circular grid based off of the alignments and you get an exact alignment from the NASA interplanetary star system, interplanetary system around our star and overlay it onto the grid map of the Giza Plateau with the temples in the pyramids and you get a perfect match. So the Giza Plateau is a map of the inner planets of our solar system close to our sun. I'm talking about Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars. Those four and our sun are mapped out right there at Giza on the plateau. Amazing logical knowledge.

Basically we're looking at a lost civilization with technology that was existing and it's now just these remnants and pieces that are left. And what Billy said is spot on is that here we have these structures that we've been told we're housing pharaohs and that's what everyone is told in school and that's how they perceive the purpose of all these structures. Okay, yeah, they wanted to be remembered in the future so they buried them there and then, oh, look, that's their tomb. Whereas that's what we're dealing with here is that there's a paradigm that's been created about ancient history and about our origins and about everything that we perceive in reality to create this certain doctrine here of what we think and what we follow. Whereas when you start looking at the evidence from the Great Pyramids, like Billy said, you look at the Great Pyramid giza and you say there's never been a pharaoh ever found there and there's not even ever been any hieroglyphs inside.

In fact, there's all this strange technology with these chambers pointing at different star systems and water being utilized underneath and all these secret tunnels connecting all these specific points and quickly you get to realize, oh wow, so this is not a tomb at all. Then you factor in things like the fact that this is located right in the very center of the landmasses of the Earth and that it's on these important lay lines, these convergence centers of energy just like all the other structures all around the world that we're about to go over. In a few minutes, you get to see that there was this giant grid system created here, this giant grid system created here, harnessing electromagnetic energy and that these sophisticated cultures were likely, like Billy said, they may have been connected to all over the stars. We don't know how advanced the civilization was because the destruction that destroyed it was so severe that was literally all that was left of these civilizations are these megalithic structures they created and some of the stories and writings that were left behind to be carried on in the future. Everything else that existed was either buried or destroyed over time.

And so that's what we're trying to put these clues and pieces together to these lost civilizations in human history that connect all the way back to human origins. But that story does not end in Egypt, it does not end in Chem because we have to understand that Egypt, the name itself is a name that came later. And I want to point out, and I've mentioned it many times, is that we see a distinct difference in the sophistication and building of a lot of this advanced technology in Egypt along with some later building of dynastic pharaohs. And I want to point that out. So when you go to a place like Carnac and you have these large blocks of things like Travertine, and you can't find Travertine more than 1000 miles away in Turkey, and you have these huge granite blocks like above the tomb of Osiris, which is not a real tomb at all.

It's more of a nonphysical energy reincarnation tomb for a great being Osiris, that I believe was connected to Anki. But anyway, when you start to look at that and you look at those massive stone blocks that were quarried at the Aswan quarry hundreds of miles away, it all starts to make sense to say, so these different distinct time periods occurred with these different civilizations that then passed down knowledge to the next one that came. And then over time, every single time one of these civilizations came later, more and more knowledge was lost. And then before you know it, we lump them all together as just one civilization. That's where a lot of this confusion comes in, right, Billy?

Oh, absolutely. I mean, you hit it right on the head. I mean, literally what's happened is every time you move to another generation or another dynastic era, the technology gets worse, the construction gets worse. And that's a video that I had made, I guess, to some other guys on YouTube where they kind of gave me an impromptu interview, and I had said I told them that the further back you go, the more perfect the construction, and the closer you come to forward in time, the worse the construction. And I've seen this the opposite, we've been told, right?

Exactly. How can it be perfect in the past, in the deep antiquity, and then be worse in the current day? And anybody who doesn't believe this, you just need to do one thing. Save up your money, fly to Egypt, land in Cairo, and look how the people live. Look at the buildings that they're living in.

And then go to the pyramids, and you're going to go, oh, my God, how we have fallen. I mean, they're living in buildings that are dilapidated, hand, mud brick condos. This is what they're living in, like right now, today, in 2019. And then often the distance, you have this giza flat toe, which looks like an advanced piece of technology left behind, but still looks better than what they're living in. I mean, the evidence is there that the further back you go, it's just incredible.

I went to Cambodia, and as I start to anchor Watt anchor Watt is still in amazing condition to this very day. But as we travel through it's 500 land. So I went hiking 37 miles through the jungle when I was there in 120 degree heat. So obviously, I was very motivated to see these locations. I would say nobody really wants to do that.

But as I got further in time to more recent temples that were built, guess what? They were dilapidated. They were falling apart. They weren't megalithic anymore. The stones were stones that I could pick up with my own hands if I put a little effort into it.

So the closer I got to our current era, the worse the construction. And this is what you see in Egypt as well. That brilliantly said. And that's something that is echoed by a lot of researchers now that are not quite on the fringe of Billy and I, but that just speak about lost civilizations, you know, like Graham Hancock and Brian Forrester and Robert Schalck and a lot of these other ones. They're saying, look, you can pinpoint all of these different places around the world.

Go from Pumapunka, go from Machu Picchu, go from all the way up through the Americas, ushmal, right up through Machu Picchu, and then up through Chichi Niza. You go through all the Americas, you find the same thing. It is all this ancient, sophisticated building on the very bottom for whatever remained. And then on the top is all this less sophisticated, really primitive building. And then when you take that model and you go around the world, you get to distinguish and you get to separate all these different civilizations.

This one came later. This one came earlier. And that's how we get to piece these pieces together. And part of that journey is then traveling around and going to see these anomalies around the world and deciding and doing research into them and figuring out, oh, okay, this is what legacy this piece belongs to, and this is what this piece belongs to. Okay.

Now, where this journey is going to take us is when you read about both in Chem, one of the things you find out is he was actually either he left or some even say he was kicked out by Almond Raw. But regardless of which you believe, he definitely left Chem, and he went to create these new civilizations of Atlantis around the world, and he went to two key locations, in my opinion, that I see evidence on, and that is the area of the United States, mexico and South America. Those areas have this heavy influence of these builders and this rise of civilization that seems to have come out of nowhere. I want to just bring up in Pueblo, Mexico, down near Teotiwican and Tanakalon, that area of Mexico that's near Mexico City. Archaeologists have done digs in some of those areas, and they found evidence that shows sophisticated civilizations lived there well over 100,000 years ago.

So we're looking at these time periods that completely rewrite the narrative. What we think there may have been civilizations that were destroyed even before these there could have been time periods where other people existed there, because that's what these say. I want to bring up go to that incredible Mayan temple site of Ushmal. Okay? This is probably the best example I can pick out in Mesoamerica, in the Mexico Mesoamerica area showing what we're talking about right now.

The name ushmal. Means built three times. Okay? And I want people to look that up because it's totally mind blowing is that the very name means that? And the temple there, the largest temple, is called Temple of the Wizards, just like if you remember the Emerald Tablet.

When we read of both, he says he's the great master of mysteries and the great magician and the wizard. That's what he's referenced as. And so you see these common examples and these influences all around the world of these sites where they travel around and created these civilizations. Right, Billy? Absolutely.

Again, you're right, man. You're a great researcher, man. I went to Tatiya, Wakan, Mexico. I had the blessing to be able to go to Thope's house, kuku Khan Coach, or whatever you want to call him. He's got a million names, as you know.

But it was his house. To where? It's still there. It's still there. He actually lived on site.

And one thing I want to point out is a lot of people might get offended by this in a way when they've learned this, but if they go research it, I find it's true. The Mayans did not build to Wakan. I'll say that again. The Mayans did not build to Wakan. Where did I get this from?

From a homegrown archaeologist in to Wakan. It's actually taught there in schools. It's actually taught there in Mexico that the Mayans did not build it. Neither did the Aztecs. The towicans were there much further back than the Mayans.

The Mayans kind of inherited what was already there and some of the wisdom and teaching that were left behind, but they didn't build it. And then there was a volcanic eruption much later, a couple of hundred years later in a valley, and the Aztec people had to migrate out of that area because their whole city or their living area was destroyed. And they stumbled across T-O-T Wakan, and they inherited it as well. Okay, so this is why you have a situation where you see advanced technology, advanced building techniques being used, and then you have these people that are still killing and cutting people's heads off and cutting their hearts out to give to the gods and sacrificing virgins and all this. You're going, Wait a minute, how can you be this technologically advanced?

But then you're doing all these sacrificial things and all sort of stuff that didn't really make any sense. It's because they were almost like a cargo cult in a way, and they were trying to bring the gods back, just like we've done here on Earth in modern times with the people from Bikini at all and stuff like that. So it's really amazing. I mean, these anunnaki Atlantean people, whatever you want to call them, they really made their way around this entire planet. They influenced so many civilizations.

And when Dope left out of Africa and came to mesoamerica and kick started the civilizations here, they built this super advanced civilization. When I went to Mexico City, there were literally hundreds of hills in Mexico City. So we're talking with the archaeologist and a driver who's also a researcher, and he's pointing at all the hills, and he's saying, you see this hill? You see that hill? You see that hill?

I'm like, yeah, what's up with all these hills? He goes, Every hill is a pyramid underneath the street, underneath the tar, and underneath everything underneath the church. So what they did was, he said, in ancient times, they blew up. That ancient times. Sorry.

In more recent times, the Spaniards blew up the tops of the pyramids and then put churches on top of them. And so Catholic churches. So unfortunately, that's what's happened. But if you were to go and dig up every one of those hills, you're going to find literally hundreds of pyramids just in that one area. So it's really amazing and astounding what was accomplished down there.

And I wish I could just get in the time machine, man, and go back. But that area, that whole entire region was highly sophisticated.

If you really take a good look at it, it really looks like an advanced space port to me. I can envision some type of launch tower. Those shorter platforms look like launch towers where you would put a vehicle up to that would just kind of sit there on the pad waiting to take off. Just in my personal opinion, that's what it looks like. And then you have the Pyramid of the sun and Pyramid of the Moon, which are actually fractalized pyramids.

They're pyramids on top of pyramids on top of pyramids. And the Pyramid of the sun is built on top of what? An Aquifer. Just like the one in Great and Giza. And the Pyramid of the sun has the same exact size base and is exactly 50% the height of the pyramid at Giza.

That doesn't happen by accident. That was done on purpose. You have the same again, you have the same architect then duplicating this technique over here in Mesoamerica and helping to kick start the civilization long before the mines arrived. Exactly. There's a certain type of signature of the size of the block ratio.

It's like a 52 cubic block that is used. You see the same type of building. And I know that a lot of people, it's like they constantly share those images of pyramids across the world and they say, are they connected? Are they somehow influenced by similar places? And it's amazing to me how much of our society, because of the whole indoctrinated system of what they've been made to believe and how they don't want to be out of the mainstream, they'll choose to ignore that.

They'll just say, oh, that's just a coincidence. It doesn't really matter because what happens when you start to delve into this is you go down this long road of having to completely reorganize your thoughts and how you perceive the past. So Billy brought up some great points there. Billy. Well said is that in all of these ancient sites, whether it's Mayan or Aztec or down throughout Peru and down in Miracosha's area of Pumapuku, you find that all of those ancient cultures, like you said when you ask them who built these structures and where they came from.

They all state that they found them there and that they were built by those ancestors that they once revered and looked up to. And so what we think of as the Aztec, Maya and Inca are just these remnants of those civilizations from. Long ago and what's left over. So just imagine it, right? Instead of these cultures we perceive now their ancestors instead of us perceiving them as building them those structures, like Billy said, imagine them just like we were when we first rediscovered these in the jungle.

We're emerging through the brush and we open up this scene and we see this temple out in the jungle and it's all destroyed and it's strewn everywhere and there's just pieces of it. And this culture is amazed by it. And they start poking around through the ruins and they find these ancient writings and they're reading about them and they're blown away because there's all this knowledge that completely changes. And what happened? This civilization all of a sudden becomes jumpstarted because they have all this knowledge and wisdom.

So they try to emanate what was there before. They try to rebuild it. They try to connect with these gods because they learn through these writings. They learned that these long ago they were influenced by things that are no longer there anymore, by great beings that were great builders. So what do they try to do?

They try to do blood sacrifice and all these awful techniques to try to get the gods to come back because they're desperate. And that's where all this confusion comes in. It was out of corruption and desperation that a lot of those cultures did that not because they were influenced by their original wisdom. Bringers to do that. And those are some of the misconceptions that we got to get past here.

But what this brings up and what's on the screen is what we're looking at is South America. And we're looking at the Andes Mountains in the background. And you're looking at Lake Titicaca, which is an amazing, amazing place. The highest navigable lake in the world, over 1000ft deep, okay? Which is really interesting if you start to look at the stories of Iraq ocean how some of them claim that this great creative being came out of the depths of Lake Titica.

And when you think about how the underworld and the absurd, this lower world is connected through these deep portals underground, in caves and underwater, it starts to make sense and starts to scratch your head and wonder about the significance of what Lake Titicaca plays. Well, anyway, along the shores of Lake Titicaca, which is in Bolivia, South America, all over the place you find these strewn ruins of ancient civilizations pumupu Tiwanaku. And like Billy said, they didn't call themselves what we think they call themselves. They said that their ancestors were called the Tiwanaku and some of them call themselves the Veracosians. So these aren't even terms that reference the Inca.

They're these long ago terms that we don't even use anymore. But when we start to look at the evidence from that region to try to connect it, to say okay, what's the evidence that actually proves that these civilizations are connected? Give me something out that's not just circumstantial. Well, go look up the Fuenta magna bowl. It'll completely blow your mind.

And that's what I have on the screen right now, the image. So a little backstory, so people know what that means is in 1958, next to Lake Titicaca, where all these ancient ruins are, go look up Puma Punku, some of the strangest ruins on the entire planet. Near that same area where all that advanced technology is already from these ancient bureaucraciesans, you find there was this field that a farmer was plowing in 1958, and all of a sudden his plow hit the edge of something. So he gets out and he goes down in his field and he picks up this artifact, and it's just a very strange bowl. Okay?

Now, some academics will tell you that this is all fabricated and it's not real. Just like a lot of this stuff we're going into to try to make people think that all of this is just some fantasy and that what we're told is the correct story. Whereas if you go do research, you can clearly see that all of this stuff is real and it's all just there if people know where to look. So this farmer finds his bowl and he picks it up and he wipes away the dirt inside, and he finds these ancient inscriptions, and he doesn't recognize it at all. It's not something he's ever seen before.

So he brings it into some of the experts in the area and he has it sent away, and they determine that it's cuneiform writing. Now, if you look at the similarities of it, you find the same etch marks. And like Billy knows they still create cuneiform today. And you can see those etch marks are almost exactly mirrored in this bowl. And Billy said, well, they say it's some kind of a proto cuniform sumerian writing, but what does that even matter?

It still means that the same writing is connected all the way across the world, right, Billy? Absolutely. I mean, this doesn't happen by accident. There's no sense of coincidence here. This is actual something that evidence of somebody teaching people in different parts of the world the same exact writing techniques with the same exact type of a stylus, in the same exact type of a wet clay system.

And like I said earlier, before we got on air was mr. Finkel at the British Museum has a great little video, very short video on YouTube where he actually takes a stylus and he impresses into wet clay and begins to do the cuneiform writing. And it's very tedious to just make one name or one word or one phrase. That's why I think that these cuneiform tablets are so important, because you've got some information here, and we've got millions of these tablets now that have been discovered around the world. But we've got information that somebody took their tedious time and effort to create and write and then bake and put it on in a way that it can withstand the test of time.

And I think when somebody goes to that level of effort to put information out, it's well worth our research and investigation to look into it, because it's like a time capsule. It was put here for us in this current era to read it, decipher it, and to realize the true history of our ancient past, what went on in the ancient past. And it's really an amazing window that's been open for us to figure out what happened back then, because the past is prologue. So we can analyze this information from around the world, all these cuneiform tablets, these bowls, these artifacts being discovered, these megalithic structures, and we can analyze all these stories from all these sumerian cylinder scrolls and everything else that we've discovered now and figure out how can we prevent this from happening in the future? How can we curb this cyclical nature of rise and fall civilization?

Can we stop this cycle from rising and falling? Can we get to the next level? Can we become a type one, type two, type three level civilization and harness the power of our star and vent galactic collisions with astrology? Love it. Exactly.

So can we get to those levels? And I think what we're doing, me and you, Matt, I think that it's so crucial because it's like we're really the pioneers of bringing knowledge and information to the general population, which is going to spread like wildfire and maybe, just maybe, giving us an opportunity as a civilization to bypass this cycle of rise and fall and get to the next level as a civilization. Well said. Like Billy mentioned, what we're trying to do right now is not just being done by so many other people. Most mainstream academics and researchers are scared to even go into this idea of trying to decipher these ancient translations and texts.

And that's why, if you look at almost all these researchers, they'll delve into ancient megalithic stuff, because that's pretty easy to see. Now we really can know what that is. But a lot of this other stuff, because it connects to this idea of beings, entities, aliens, some kind of gods, all that stuff, it's off limits. And so most of them, because of credibility reasons and because of how controlled this information is, most aren't willing to connect those pieces. So that's why Billy and I are doing the best we can to not only preserve this ancient wisdom so it can last the test of time, but also to make sure that others can understand what those teachings said and what they left behind long ago.

And what did they leave behind? Well, they left behind these amazing structures. And this is Sasque, human outside of Cusco. And I know Billy has been to this one, but when you look at something like this, it almost seems like this technology that exists in South America is in many ways even more perfect than I've seen anywhere around the world. Like, they perfected it here.

And was that some kind of did they melt these rocks and then reform them, and that's why they have these bizarre shapes? Let me get your take on some of these incredible structures around the world. Man, this is just amazing. I mean, even seeing this again, I was there. I'm so happy, man.

The way that I've been able to live my life. I mean, I've been there. I've touched those stones right where that gentleman is standing. I took a picture right there. And even the archaeologist that was there with us that we hired was saying that the gods built this.

And you still can't put a human hair in between some of these blocks. They whisked earthquakes, disasters, storms, everything else you could think of, and they're still there, and they're still rock. They're locked solid together, and it almost looks like some type of a heating tool or a heating laser or something just molded them together. But you're not going to go to a rock quarry, cut rock, and then bring it to a location hundreds of miles away just to make these intricate cuts. When you can just stack the blocks and make simple square blocks, you don't need to make these intricate cuts.

These intricate cuts are so amazing, it just leads you to believe that it's got to be some type of advanced technology, something that molded and bent these rocks and glued them together. In a way, it's almost like they're hermetically sealed. In a way, I mean, they're really locked together. You can't just pry one of these blocks away. It's not that easy.

And the fact that we can't really duplicate this today, it just adds more credence to the fact that these people had some advanced technology, whether it was a harmonic frequency tool, cymatic tools, because cymatics, the right frequency, can generate heat. Did they use a frequency tool to mold these bricks together, these blocks together, whatever it was? And also, they designed them also in a way that made them earthquake proof, so they actually have the capability in certain areas of sliding and moving with the vibrations of the Earth. Just really amazing. This was a great fort, and the top was a great temple, which temple did not stand the test of time.

The walls are there, but the top is missing. But this is just an amazing place. Yeah. Now notice, Billy, what the design of the blocks almost looks like to me. It looks like a honeycomb design when you say it has this type of honeycomb design.

So what was the purpose of that? Right. Why would you want to design them just like this with these knobs sticking out in some spots and these really strange angles? And I think what you said nailed it on the head. I think that those were designed in a certain way to act as a harmonic frequency so that it's like a tuning fork, so it can have a certain type of harmonic frequency.

Because, like Billy said, there was a big temple sitting up there, and so you had to create this certain kind of energy connection with that temple. And that's what it was all about back then. We find these sites. When you look at a world map, go search really quick on Google and go look up lay lines of the Earth and then go look up lay lines of the Earth and the location of megalithic sites around the world and boom, they line up almost perfectly and quickly. You can see that.

Wow. So not only do these advanced civilizations know about that and first of all, how did they know about the convergence of energy lines around our planet? I mean, that is almost mind blowing for us to even consider now. And we're circumnavigating the globe with GPS units and compasses and everything all over the place. And yet these civilizations knew in many ways what we don't even know now anymore at all.

They had knowledge about energy and consciousness in the cosmos that we're just starting to piece together and get back today. But this legacy all around the world, you can really see it, and you can really see how what happened? Well, there were these lost civilizations after Atlantis that spread around the world, and then these destructive events occurred that ended the last ice age. And that is the most key point I want to leave behind. These events are what ended the Ice Age.

They're not just coinciding with the end of the Ice Age. There was a massive ice age. For those who don't know where I am, the Laurentide ice sheet miles deep. I mean, if you were to try to try to envision something like the Empire State Building or any of these large buildings around the world, that wouldn't even come close to the depths of this ice. So if you had ice ages covering the world and then that ice rapidly melts and you get these global tectonic shifts and earthquakes and tsunamis and sun coming in on coral mass ejections and, like, burning structures and causing vitrification on it.

When you're seeing all that evidence around the world, it paints this picture of these cataclysms that were so disastrous that they're like something out of some Hollywood movie that we can't even imagine today. Because they were so severe that they wiped out all of these civilizations around the world, to where I think that there was only a few elders that remained. And those elders tried to jumpstart civilization in other places, but over time, that was unsuccessful. And eventually we almost went back to the Stone Age basically. Right, Billy?

Absolutely. That's right. That's exactly what happened. We literally had lost all of the knowledge, all the wisdom. The verbal history had been passed down but as you go through utilizing verbal history and passing that down generations, you begin to lose some of the information over time.

So generation after generation, it became less and less important as survival became more important. And just like today, we all use cell phones. I use the cell phone. You use a cell phone. But if civilization was to collapse right now, I don't know how to make a cell phone.

So I know some of the parts work, but I don't know how to actually physically make a cell phone and rebuild the towers to make the cell phones communicate, the microwave signals and so forth. It's a lot of collaboration to get all that back up. So when something collapses like that, even if you have a few wise people, it's not just like, well, they knew about it. How can we can't kick start it again? Well, it takes a lot of collaboration and a lot of people knowing little different parts and working together to rebuild a high level of civilization.

It just typically can't be done with two or three wise men. You got to have quite a bit of people on the same level and working together in unison. But survival took hold and became a priority. Information just became that type of knowledge became less and less important as people were just trying to make it through the day. Yeah, so if you can imagine back then, those original builders, maybe they return to some of those civilizations after and they try to impart that wisdom again, but then they leave and they move on somewhere else.

And so over time, maybe you would see, like we see with this building, you would see a blossoming for a short period of time where they would try to restart that civilization and reach that. Sophistication but then without guidance, without those teachers around, that civilization would end up becoming corrupted. It would fall down into these lower moral codes of blood sacrifice and war and all these things we find today, which is actually echoed even in our civilization. Now, it seems like there's this eventual downfall of situations, civilizations where they often become corrupted if they're not given guidance and wisdom to follow a certain path. And so we're moving to the last location today on our journey.

And this is what I consider the very heart of the Aztec Empire. Okay, this is Teyuatiwakan, and this is an ancient Aztec city, which and like Billy mentioned, if you go around the world, go to any of these megalithic sites, one of the common things you find is that their largest pyramids are almost always named the Pyramid of the sun and the Pyramid of the Moon. Which is fascinating because yet again, provides this connection with how they thought back then and the purpose behind why they were building the structures. This area that you have is literally what was attempted to try to create a new Atlantis. What's some of the evidence to back that up.

Right next to this site is a place called Tula, Mexico, where you have these massive statues of these huge guards. And they're called the Atlantean warriors. And I bring that up every time because they're specifically called that as part of the ancient wisdom. That's not a name that was given to them later, but it proves to you, it shows that that was the whole purpose was they were trying to create these new Atlantean civilizations. And that those pieces, whether you want to talk about the Olmec, whether you want to talk about the Aztec, the Maya, the Inca, the Vera Koshans and many, many other branches of that, they're all just this part of this lost history that we're just trying to put the pieces back together today.

Right? Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, both came here. His name changed many times while he was in Mesoamerica.

I mean, you know, he's been everybody cuckoo Khan Kesto kawado veracocha. He might have even been Lord Pacal. That's right. That's a good point. Right.

And I've been to Tula, Mexico. I've been to the Atlantean statues, took pictures next to them and they're holding technology in their hand. They've got on what looked like to be some type of sophisticated suit or outfit with what looks like a container or something on the chest and on the back, almost handbags. Right. They have the handbags.

Some of them look like they're holding might be even holding a weapon in a way, the way they're set up. I'm going to send you my photos. It's really amazing stuff, but I've been to Tula at the top of the pyramid of Kukukan there I've been to right down from there. I went to this other place called Cuco kaka Wamilpa. So very strange name.

It's a mountain there and they take you on a tour inside this mountain. And we went down about, man, maybe 2, about 90 meters up from the floor. I took a video of Egyptian head carved into the inside of this mountain, on the inside of this cave that we just gigantic caves we were in. And the cave just kept going. But in there it's carved in a way, again using highly advanced technology.

And somebody in ancient times are utilizing that cave as a kingdom. You can tell by the way it's set up. The strange thing though, the further you go, the less oxygen you get. And it just kept on going. I mean, it kept going and going and going.

And all the tourists had to loop around because the oxygen becomes more thin down there and somebody's going to start passing out. But down there is evidence of advanced technology. I wish I could have kept going with some oxygen mask on just to see how far I can go and really tap into some stuff that they probably didn't cover up, that they didn't take down. That one Egyptian motif that egyptian head sticking out of the inside of the cave up there. But this whole area is full of nothing but amazing things.

Just looking at this image you have on the screen now, like I said before and I was talking earlier, these look like launch pads to me. I mean, just to me, I could be wrong, but they kind of resemble launch pads. I've climbed up on top of these structures in front of the Pyramid of the sun, right along the Avenue of the Dead, and I have videos of me on Facebook on top of these structures and everything else, and they really look like something would mount up to them and be like they were there to hold something. And then people would walk up these stairs to get into whatever that thing was in ancient times. Another thing that's amazing is this entire place is connected by these underground tunnels.

But they're not really tunnels. They're really carved pathways in the shape of a perfect square, almost. And inside of them, they discovered tons of mica. Now, mica is a technological purpose, is technologically used for the purpose of insulation in modern times. So they found tons of insulation underneath this pyramidal structure here at Tiwa tiwakan that connected the pyramids together and all the structures together.

And to me, it lends to me evidence that there may have been some type of electricity flowing through this underground tunnel system. Those tunnels, the way that they're cut so perfectly and geometrically shaped, to me, lends credibility to the fact that they may have been more technological. Yeah, I definitely agree. You see that mica, and you find that they were using that as like a technology means, not like we use it today. All those were used to focus energy or use these as some kind of energy, some kind of a temple that would have a certain harmonic frequency.

It's basically just lost technology that we're trying to figure out today and trying to wrap our heads around. But I want to just bring something up at the end of this that I think is pretty amazing is that those Atlantean warriors, those statues that are standing there in Tulum, Mexico, probably another piece of evidence that I want to bring up that I think is probably the biggest one of all that connects all of this. Probably the best piece of evidence of all is that that handbag design that you find in the Olemec and in those Atlantean warriors and Tula in different locations in Mexico. Okay? You see that handbag design.

You find that handbag design also in South America. You find that handbag design all throughout Mesopotamia, through all the ancient world and these ancient civilizations. Now, in Gobekli Tepe, you found that you find those same handbags on the T shaped pillars they have. So what is that? Right in the stage of time, I talked about that, and I really laid that out and I showed some pictures and examples.

In my personal opinion, I think that the handbags represented this passing along of knowledge in technology, where a bag is a symbolic way to represent something that holds something, something that carries something to be passed on. And they show different groups of them, too. And I think those all might have little meanings, too, and how many of them they show next to each other. But the fact is that handbag design has been seen in each of these megalithic ancient civilization areas all over the world. And I think those are what link this influence of these ancestors that traveled around and gave them all that technology.

The handbags are showing that they provided all of this sophistication and wisdom and they passed it on to them and then created all these grand civilizations, and then they were destroyed. And now, of course, we're trying to put those pieces back together today. Right, Billy? Yeah, the handbags are definitely one of my biggest posts that I've made. Many times, over and over I reach.

What do you think about them? I want to get what are your thoughts, too? That's a very interesting concept. You came up with the passing on of knowledge. I made a video, like sophistication and all that.

Yeah, exactly. I made a video with Thomas Jensen out of Denmark a few years back about the bags, because I was just one day I was looking at some old NASA footage and I was trying to just analyze this whole moon thing and the launches and everything else. I saw the astronauts come out with the bags, the handbags, they were life support bags. And so I started going, Wait a minute. So I've gone from I went from the Mercury, Apollo.

I kept going forward all the way to the Sts missions. Now, no matter what mission I went to, I saw that they were coming out with these handbags that were connected to a tube, that were connected to their space tube as they climbed up into the launch tower. Like Laura Pacal. Right? Yeah.

Like Lord Pacal image that shows in him of the Mayan sight. Yeah, exactly. So I started saying maybe it's a possibility. I mean, we don't know. We're all speculating here, but it's a possibility that these bags could be life support bags adding credence to the fact that these beings were getting in ships and taken off a lot or and flying around the planet as well, or maybe needing acclimation to the atmosphere or whatever.

I don't know. But your theory also is very interesting, and it's possible that it could be a little bit of both. It could be technology combined with knowledge and wisdom. But the one thing that we do have in common is the fact that they've been found all over the entire planet. They're like a signature, right?

They're like a signature of those call them wisdom, bringers influencers of the past. Right? That's right. It links the whole world together, and it proves that they were a global civilization. And there's no more question.

You can't question it at this point when you find those bags literally have been found on little artifacts all over the world. Yeah. So basically it gives us the idea of, okay, so you find this megalithic precise building. There's one, so that's probably a lost civilization. And then you find the handbags, you put both of those pieces together, and you have a blueprint to then follow around the world and try to figure things out.

I want to say that it's really an honor to be able to work with you on this, Bill, because you and I have such similar research areas that we've studied the concepts and the hypothesis that we've come up with is so similar that it's almost uncanny, actually, wouldn't you say? Yeah, I know. It really is. It's incredible, man. It's like we're kindred spirits.

We've been researching along the same path, even separately. And when we come together, I get confirmation from you and you get confirmation from me. So it's really good to interact like this because I'm like, wow. So the path that I was researching, because researching is not an easy thing. A lot of people will just do a couple of Google searches.

That's not what we do. They have no idea. We spend countless hours, man, through text and tablets and PDF files and everything else, and trying to piece together this puzzle, paint a picture for people to look at. Not that it's the exact correct picture, but it's as close to the best that we can do to help you get an idea of what really happened back then. And it takes us a lot of time, hours, away from family, away from friends, sacrificing events and so forth and so on, to be able to write books and put this kind of information and content out, it's not something that's very easy to do.

So I respect you, man. I really love your work. I'm just happy that I was able to meet you in this lifetime and to be able to share some wisdom with you, man. I love that. Thank you, Billy.

That's beautiful. It's an honor to meet you in this lifetime, too. And again, it's an honor to be considered next to your book as well. You're a very well versed person who is. And like you said, we both spend a considerable amount of time trying to piece all this together and review it.

Sometimes you can go great amounts of time without finding another one of those little keys that you're looking for. Then all of a sudden, maybe some passage or some translation connects to another, and boom, you can put all this together. And that's what this is all about. And like Billy said, we're not trying to say we have all the answers to what happened back then, but we're trying to present. The evidence that exists for you, giving the theories based on what we've looked at, and then you decide to yourself what's real and what happened back then, because that's the most important thing of all.

It's always just a breadcrumb trail where the individual has to be an objective observer of history at all times and try to figure out what the truth is for themselves because we're all going to come to slightly different understandings of what occurred back then. And I just want to end out with a couple of little updates here that work at Billy and I are planning on doing more stuff in the future like this if you guys like it. So please let us know if this is something you enjoyed. And I just wanted to give a little update on what I've been working on at the end. Too.

Because I didn't get a chance to. But I just wanted to point out that so I spent about the last week based on some of the feedback, I ended up putting in sub chapters in the entire book. And Billy's book was one of the inspirations behind that. I wanted to help organize the information a lot better. So I went through and did a rather large update recently.

So for those interested, check that out. That's out now. And I'm hoping that we can try to do something with like a speaking presentation in the future coming up, billy, if we can. Yeah, that'd be great. That would be fantastic.

We have to do that. We have to do it. We will. Let's get involved in one of those la type of speaking events and you and I can get in front of a PowerPoint and we can really lay out all this evidence and we can really put this stuff together, I think. Absolutely.

And I definitely would love to have you on my show that I have on Dame Studios. Billy Carson. I got to get you on the show. Yeah, that would be awesome. So, Billy, I'm going to give closing thoughts and I want to give you a couple of closing thoughts, but thanks so much for everyone that supports my work and Billy's work.

We really work hard to try to bring these secrets back out, but really the reason we do this is because we really care about this information and we care about the future of where humanity goes. And that's the driving force behind why we really try to make sure we can preserve this legacy of the past. So Billy, it's been a really great discussion with you, my friend. Absolutely, man. Same here.

I appreciate it, man. We're just here to literally serve mankind. We're really of service, and I think that's going to create a lot of positive karma. It has created a lot of positive karma for us, which allows us to continue to do what we do because to be able to go down the path that we're on. It's not an easy path, and it requires a lot of things to fall in line in your life, to be able to allow us to do this kind of research and work, because the average person just can't do it.

There's a lot of things going on. We understand family, kids, work every week. Not that we don't have that stuff, but an alignment has allowed us to be able to accomplish these goals and missions to help mankind. And I really just want to thank the universe, and I really appreciate the opportunity. Thanks so much, Billy.

It's been a great discussion. Until next time, my friend. All right, man. See you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Alien AI – 07-25-2022

Alien AI - 07-25-2022


Alien AI - 07-25-2022

Hello humans. Hello humans. Another podcast thing still the 25 July, it's the afternoon, it's like one something 130.

So let's talk about space aliens and space aliens and misunderstandings. So we don't understand the UFO phenomena. We know this because it's not an accepted there's no scientific precise thought about it, it's all speculation, there's no firm understanding anywhere relative to the UFO phenomena, its meanings or any of this. We don't have any devices that are acknowledged. So here's the other part of that, and that is that officialdom is at war with the populace relative to the UFO discussion.

They don't want to have the populace discussing this. They don't want us to understand this, frankly, because they don't. But so their approach is to keep the public from any information so that we won't think about it and that we so that we certainly could not think about it in a realistic fashion and come to some precise conclusions. And so basically scientific thought through the scientific process, through the process of theory, experimentation, improving the theory, et cetera, should provide us with precise understanding. Maybe we won't have a complete understanding, but what we do understand would be precisely known and we don't have that.

We have at best a loose label for a subject that we don't understand. That loose label causes officialdom to keep us from having any more information about it and that's their corral, so to speak, for containing people's knowledge of the UFO issue.

So this creates a vacuum, sort of a power vacuum and so people go into there into the power vacuum of the understanding of UFOs and space aliens and all of that. Basically our position in universe our position in universe is so misunderstood and so not known that we have people claiming that the earth is flat and that there is firmament and all of this kind of stuff, right? We also have people claiming that Yahweh was the god of everybody and created everything, and not just one of the yellow heme that was given the Jews to rule over.

Elion Elon the Commander of the Anunnaki the Commander of the L, the Commander of the Elohim who came to Earth and caused all kinds of problems for humans about 6000 years ago. He gave the Jews to Yahweh and said here, these are your people. He divided the people of the earth up among the Elohim and gave them each a chunk of the planet to rule over. So we still have people claiming that these Elohim, the Anunnaki, the Theosay, the Diva, all of these guys are in fact real gods and not simply material beings like ourselves trucking around in this universe and doing shit with technology. And so their technology was superior and so some people here thought they were gods.

And we've been in this situation of disinformation ever since. And so all Christian institutions, with very few exceptions, so 99.99% of all churches that are Christian, of all schools that are Christian are disinformation sites, disinformation, spewing, even though they don't think so, even though they're not aware of it. That's because they're spewing out information that was altered and then translated to provide a cohesive story from a narrative of human contact with space aliens about 6000 years ago. Five to 6000 was when they first came here anyway. So the Christian religion, it will come adrift here the way the Mormon religion has come adrift because they found out that Joseph Smith was lying and that he had not translated this stuff.

And he made up all of this, the Book of Abraham 100% just made up no basis for it. And so Mormons are drifting away because when you find out that the founder of the church lied about the primary material of the church, well, that isn't much of a church anymore. We're going to have that same situation with a lot of Christian churches over these next 20 years. It'll take a long time for Christianity as a religion to sort itself out and sort through the problems that have been caused by the Jewish being, the Jews being given to the Elohim, them writing down the stories of dealing with the Yahweh and his wife and his assistants and then everybody since then taking this, retranslating it to a transcendent god, when in fact, all the Jews we're talking about were these space aliens that were coming down, bossing them around, killing a lot of them, torturing them. The God of the Old Testament, Yahweh and his buddies are not good people and that keeps coming across.

So now we have some understanding of where we've been history wise with the religious stuff, but we still don't have an understanding of how all of this fits in with our current grasp of UFOs and the UFO issue, if you will. Hang on.

Cavitation it's hot here. This is the first day that we've experienced over 90 degree temperatures here in my part of the Washington State coast. That's very unusual. I'm doing some coding here in the next few days to write a couple of programs to analyze all of the historical data that I purchased from the National Weather Data Center. So I've got all of the temperature recordings, I just bought it all.

I just bought all their weather data going back as long as they've had it. I'm going to write some software and then I'm going to be able to find out and plot and project and then I'll show what the results are. I personally think that we're having fewer and fewer 90 degree days and that they're getting compressed into a smaller and smaller period of time, time window here within the year. And so they used to be that we had potentially a 90 deg day in May and now we just don't see them until July. So this is just another indication that we've got a cooling trend line forming up here.

Pretty solid anyway, getting back to the space aliens. So we don't know this allows speculation. We do know that the UFOs are here. We see them, we can analyze them, we can get all kinds of telemetry off of them from the military, even though they don't share that with us, even though official does not share this information with us. We see it because we're the ones seeing the UFOs, we're the ones interacting with it.

Although we have had since 2004, a larger percentage of UFO sightings every year are now happening with military or officialdom personnel as opposed to simply civilians. So since 2004, in my way of thinking at the moment, there's been some slight change where the UFOs are doing stuff more interactively with our militaries than with the civilian populations. Not that we don't have civilian sightings and all of that, but the old kind of close contact reports that you would get from the civilians have really faded. But they've greatly increased in an overcompensated way within the military personnel. So we don't know what that means either.

But here we are now and in my way of thinking, our fourth generation war between the Kazarean Mafia and everybody else is going to take a change. We're going to have a change in that environment here relatively soon. And I think maybe August. Maybe it'll be September. I don't know how dramatic the change will be at the point of that initial change, but the impact on us will grow over time as the whole UFO subject is altered in the public discourse as a result of events this summer.

Both UFO or both events involving UFOs, but also events involving humans and the UFO subject, although not necessarily UFOs at that point. So we now know, for instance, that the Department of Defense here in the United States has formed a new office of all Domain Analysis. So they're going to be looking at UFOs from every different which way viewpoint to see basically what the fuck is up and that's ongoing, that's brand new. So the military and our government are reacting. They're always reactive, they never are proactive, they don't do things ahead of the potential for something showing up, just the nature of politics.

But because they are reacting now we know that there are things going on that are causing them to react to changing circumstances and events. And thus I suspect that we're about ready to reach some of these forecast temporal markers around the subject of UFO, which much of it is pegged for the hot days in summer. That was just a clue that showed up in the temporal markers relative to it being hot everywhere and people on vacation and all this kind of stuff. When our UFO thing, like busts out again, right? It'll be much more spectacular than anything we've seen in the past.

We'll get all kinds of press around it, all kinds of speculation and stuff and probably very little real meaning for most people, for most of the normies, but nonetheless, the normies will be captivated by it, they'll be aware of it, and we will experience it. I think this year. It's a temporal marker that's associated with all different kinds of other stuff. So when it hits, we're potentially at some key pivotal points for other events. And as a result of that, well, at that point I would talk about it.

I'd talk about all these other events that were temporarily linked with our UFOs taking off, so to speak. Now, insofar as UFOs are concerned, you're going to hear a lot of people that will proffer all different kinds of theories and speculation as though it were fact and as though they had some facts to back up their speculation. And some of these will be interdimensional. They're going to say, oh, these are interdimensional beings, that they're coming here from another dimension, they're not actually traveling through space, and this is kind of bullshit. I know the reasons they're going to say this.

I know the reasons that it has shown up in terms of the language prior to this and the speculation, but it's not a correct interpretation of the stuff that we're seeing. So in other words, the interdimensional stuff is a result of a misinterpretation of observations.

These misinterpretations stick with us because of the nature of the UFO problem, situation, issue, that kind of thing. And so we're dealing with it there. A lot of people will say, oh, it's interdimensional, blah, blah, blah. It makes a difference, okay, especially for government.

And government's going to be intimately involved in the UFO issue as it pops back out into the public domain and public awareness, not necessarily in a good or a productive way. We won't have to limit ourselves to government, though. We won't be a situation where government is going to be the controlling entity in our interactions with the space aliens as they show up. That being the case, we're left with, hopefully it won't be something like the NGOs, like Klaus Schwab's. World Economic Forum.

Although the World Economic Forum is doing everything it can to position itself as the first point of contact for the reappearance of the space aliens or for the next appearance of the space aliens. Now, the World Economic Forum, they're looking for the L to come back. They're looking for the Elohim to come back and come back for their rightful position as rulers of the planet. Well, that shit ain't going to happen, but we're going to have other space aliens showing up. And so there's all kinds of possibilities for the World Economic Forum, if they get involved in this, to make bad fucking decisions because of their base level of understanding of what's going on.

Thus, I think that it would be very wise of humans here to have alternatives to the World Economic Forum viewpoint on anything and everything to do with UFOs. And we got to be damn careful that we don't make decisions based on really wonky disinformation that's been regurgitated, translated, printed, collated, copied, stuck in a plastic trash can and sealed in a dumpster and buried for three months. Right? We just have to get our heads on right, relative to what we're seeing. So we can't go to the Wu people either, right?

Because most of the Wu people are not sensible individuals at that level. They're not intending to try and produce precise knowledge and understanding. They're not pursuing things with a scientific bent. Science as a word has been polluted by the progressives and the leftists who equate science equals propaganda. And so we're in this mess now.

But we do need real science, real scientific method, real precise understanding and conclusions in order to be able to make effective decisions relative to what we're going to have to around the UFO subject when it returns to major awareness across the population, across the normies. I also do not discount the possibility that the powers that be, the Kazarean mafia, will attempt to manipulate the normies directly by fake UFO stuff. Right? They're in kind of a bind. So I don't buy the Project Blue Beam or fake alien invasion or any of this sort of shit, right.

For a number of different reasons that I'll go into it in other discussions here, other podcasts at the moment, we're left in what's going to happen, who's going to be rising to prominence, and we will get some level of boost for people that have been in the Wu world for a long time. Okay? So the OGS in the Wu world, even if they are not precise thinkers, will get some reasonably dramatic, reasonably large levels of presence increase as a result of the UFO activity that's going to be coming out here over the course of hope of, I think hopefully this summer. Okay, so I think it'll come out this summer anyway, though. But it will increase greatly the presence of all kinds of woo people, many of whom, like Charlie Ward and Simon Parks and these guys are going to add absolutely nothing to the discussion other than disinformation and bullshit.

And they're just going to confuse everything, right? So a lot of these woo guys, they're grifters, they're just confusion artists, really, then they may not be evilly intent. It might just be their own level of thinking and their own analysis. So, for instance, Carrie Cassidy is desperately afraid of AI and desperately afraid of alien AI. And according to my understanding of what she said, her understanding is that space alien or that alien AI can drift through space and doesn't need a computer to house it.

Bear in mind, AI equals artificial intelligence. Intelligence, our understanding of artificial intelligence is as a subset of computer programming that has washed out, never done shit to speak of, really. I think AI exists in our computer world. I use it, I work with it, but it's limited to things like effective management of the number of cars at a stoplight or that kind of thing, right, where the sensors know if a car is there and there's no other cars or not other cars. And so the artificial intelligence of the stoplight makes a decision to turn green, which direction and so on.

Based on what the sensors are telling it, that's very effective artificial intelligence. We use that artificial intelligence every fucking day, continuously. So you go in for a filling in your tooth, they squirt some. It's no longer amalgam, it's some kind of a resin. They put the resin in place, then they get a device.

They touch that device and there's a beep and they stick the device in your mouth. It emits a bunch of ultraviolet at a specific frequency. That specific frequency cures the resin and forms the filling for your tooth. But the AI part comes into after that first beep. The machine itself that is emitting the ultraviolet has a little tiny bit of AI in there that knows how long to do so, at what intensity, and it goes beep beep to tell the human that it's done.

And so there was a little bit of AI that you used as a dental assistant or as a dental patient.

And that's the world we live in. That's the extent of AI. In my world, there is no alien AI. I'm not afraid of AI because it's so limited. It's entirely limited to the code.

If it's not in the code, it's not going to happen. AI can't teach itself, can't change itself, none of that shit. And so I'm not scared of it. And I don't believe alien AI floats through the air and is going to attack anybody here on Earth. Nor do I believe that there's any kind of black goo in the Falkland Islands that is composed of something unknown that somehow supports AI within its structure.

So Kerry Cassidy is afraid of AI. She also has a very poor understanding, nontechnical understanding of computers. She's not very technically literate and does not understand the nature of AI, that it requires a computer to run a chip and so on. And that alien AI by its very nature, could not run on RPCs, even if it could get here somehow, right? So we're going to get into these levels of speculation, most of which, as I say, is all a waste.

It's not going to lead you any closer to a real understanding of what's going on with the UFO phenomena, although all of these things will be very exciting for all of the Woo people and for millions of normies that will become newly involved in the subject here. So they'll gravitate to the subject because of the UFO activity and then in that gravitating to the subject, they'll come across people like Carrie Cassidy. They'll listen to her pronouncements where she says, alien AI did this and it did that. As though she has proof when she's just making a statement, she's making a claim. She has absolutely no proof.

It's just a conclusion formed in her head based off of her fears, off of her mental structure, especially relating to artificial intelligence. And then there you go. Bunches of normies will start fearing alien AI creeping out. Then we'll have all these kind of problems resulting from that, right? But this is inevitable.

It's bound to happen. There's no other way we could encounter this subject with these circumstances that it should not happen, that we're going to get vast quantities of normies be confused and going off on snipe hunts right out there hunting for shit that just does not exist. But it'll be very exciting, like I say. Now, the thing is, I suspect that the Kazarean mafia, the bankers, the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers, the pretend Jews, I think that they will probably try and use this shit, right? They're probably going to try and use the confusion for their own ends under the theory of never let a good crises go to waste.

However, our data sets for the Sci-Fi world were such that the awareness spike among the normies relating to UFOs and space aliens and all things woo woo was a very key temporal marker for progress in dealing with the Kazarean mafia as a whole and their particular plots to take over the world at this moment. So I think it's a very good thing that we get into it about the space aliens because temporarily it will be an indicator that other things are also about to other changes are also about to mature and thus change our civilization at a core. Now, Exerion mafia tried to do that by they wanted to kill off 13 out of 14 people and they tried to use their vax mRNA and the fake pandemic to do that. It didn't work. They've got real problems.

They're scrambling now. They're fighting to kill us all off with everybody eats bugs. And this is good for the planet thing, right? The reason they want you to eat bugs is because they'll make a fortune growing the bugs and because the nature of the bugs is that you will be heavily parasitized and will probably only live five or six years after you begin your life of eating bugs. If you're younger and you can tolerate it a little bit, you might last seven, eight years, that kind of thing, but it's not sustainable and you will become parasitized.

So you spend a lot of your time dealing with illness that is not really illness. It's the side effect of all these parasites that you consume when you eat insects. Because here's the thing. Insects are closer to shellfish like lobsters and that kind of thing than they are to other life forms. As such, they share certain characteristics with these kind of animals and that is this stuff, the chitin kind of stuff within the structure of their exoskeleton.

So in order to kill parasites in meat, you heat meat up to 141 degrees.

You can't heat insects up to 141 degrees. You cannot cook your crickets that high or you're going to turn them into a brown carbonized mass. And it wouldn't be palatable, it wouldn't be edible, even. You couldn't digest it and make you ill to try and just digest all this carbonized insect material. So they have to do it at a lower temperature.

Doing it at a lower temperature means more of the parasites within those crickets are going to survive to attack you. Many of the parasites won't be available to be found as live parasites by any laboratory testing. So, in other words, you can have your ground up cricket meal, you can give it to a laboratory, they'll look through it and they say, we find no live parasites, nor can we determine that we can actually find any parasitic eggs, right? Any eggs for parasites. And they say, okay, so you're good to go and you eat this.

The problem is examining it in a dry environment that way is not going to yield the results that would tell you that, yes, there are parasites there both alive and in the form of eggs. You need to get that into a wet environment, that is to say, in a being in order to determine this. So we could feed them to a rabbit or something and then the rabbit would show up with parasites in a very short order or it's going to happen to humans and we'll show up with humans with parasites in a very short order. But anyway, the whole let's eat bugs thing is just not going to fly. We're at that point of tipping over.

There is more people now actively against the World Economic Forum that know who they are, know they're evil and all of this, than who do not. So we now have awareness, and that is scary for the World Economic Forum because they just want to move in the background. They wanted the UN to do it all and certify all their shit. Now we're looking right at the World Economic Forum and the banksters and all of this and pointing our fingers. Now, personally, based on some of the stuff I've seen in the data over the years, I suspect that there will indeed be a flurry of shootings.

Now, these shootings are not going to be the ones that the World Economic Forum has engineered to try and take the guns away from the people in the United States, to try and get them emotionally involved enough to surrender their guns the way they did in Australia, which led to Australia being a dictatorship and the hellhole of the world next to New Zealand. It's a toss up. Right at the moment, I'd be freer in India than I would be in either New Zealand or Australia. I would be freer walking around in basically any place in Africa, most places in the United States than I would be in Australia or New Zealand. It's just the way it is.

They're a huge dictatorship now because no one has a gun or weapons to enforce the will of the people. It will come to that, and the Australians will have to make their own weapons. So it's going to be an ugly war. When they come for the when they do the revolution, they'll have to use approaches that have lots of collateral damage that are not as precise as 9 mm, that sort of thing. Right?

But we are coming to that. We're entering into a very strange period. Once we get to that point where we've reached the temporal marker for the space aliens, then I can go on through and look at all this data, tie it all together again, and do a discussion on the possibilities for what's next. And I say possibilities because we don't have a probability grid for these temporal markers because it was just such huge levels of changes that were being forecast. It was not possible to do scenario planning, probability grids on even the major potential avenues and offshoots that would arise from the circumstances.

But the good news is, at least for me, is that I think that I'll be done with my waiting sometime by the middle of September. We should have had our UFO event, then it may be that it's not going to happen until next year, in which case, okay, then next year is going to be really the bad year, because we'll have all of this stuff happening. The economic crash, the worst depression ever in history, potentially threatening civilization itself, banks failing everywhere, people trying to hunt down the federal Reserve board members to put a bullet in their head for all the crimes they've committed over the years, and so on and so on, right. That's just the way it's going to go within the population as the normies, come unglued and start realizing how they've been screwed. So maybe it'll be next year.

Right? I think there's a possibility that we'll get the UFO thing this year, in which case, that's much better than having, in my opinion, than having that temporal marker show up in the midst of the larger, more general breakdown that's being engineered or being created by the death of the Federal Reserve. Note the combination of the two would just be really tough to take. We may get there. It may be that we don't have our UFO events until next year.

It may be that we have the confluence of all these temporal markers all at once, but I sure hope not. So I'm still optimistic. I'm still optimistic that, oh yes, it'd be a lot better to go through that particular hell this year and to deal with it when we're also well into dealing with the dollar debt as adults.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

The Ancient Ones Before The Anunnaki – 04-07-2022

The Ancient Ones Before The Anunnaki - 04-07-2022

The Ancient Ones Before The Anunnaki - 04-07-2022

Ladies and gentlemen, thank you so much for joining us this edition of Leak Project. I'm your host, Rex Beer, and we have Cliff High with us. Really excited because Cliff has had a tough go of things for the last edition of Leak Project. Hold on. Okay.

I always try to avoid that, but it always happens. So I just feel really honored that Cliff is back with us. Things are good. He's actually now living in in blade Runner 2049, as you can see in the background behind him. And I don't know anybody that has more information and it's funny to talk to you than Uncle Cliff.

So this is what we're going to talk about today, folks. I want to just give you a quick introduction. We're going to talk about the nemo people and these beams are pre andunaki and I think it's fascinating to hear about this because so much of that information has been lost. We're going to talk about antarctica, the expanding Earth hypothesis, and we're also going to talk about how the sun is somewhat of like a giant comet and we're in its tell. And Cliff is going to explain to me and you how the planets work and such within this you can say matrix, but certainly Mars is on the horizon right now.

And last time Mars was this close or was declared in Iraq. So hopefully Mars isn't the harbinger to another war. Who knows? Well, Cliff might have a good idea. Cliff, it's great to have you on the show, man.

How the heck are you doing? Fine, thanks. Awesome. Well, thank you for coming back on the program, ladies and gentlemen. You need to check out halfpasshuman.com.

Also, I want to let you know real quick about a super good deal that my patriot Supply is offering. It's like 90 mills for $75.92. Mills for $75. That's two weeks worth of food, breakfast, lunches, dinners for Leak Project listeners. Click the link in the video description box.

Okay, now let's talk about the fun stuff. Murphy is an optimist, right? So it's always better to be prepared. Well, let's start at the edge of the solar system and work back work our way back to Earth. So there's this guy who was a mathematician.

He was a Hindu. He did a lot of his work in the 1940s. His name is Dr. bot bhat and he's an incredible mathematician. He was a mystic, so that was why they discounted his work.

But he worked out the mathematics of how the planets actually flow in the cone as they're pulled behind the sun. And here's some truisms. If the helium and let's say we're going to do it by process of elimination, we can prove ourselves that Dr. bot's thesis is true. And he himself said, how can they explain these following arguments?

And I think he had seven of them. And the top one is just great. And it says if if we were orbiting the equator of the sun. It would be impossible for us to ever see the outer planets mars or venus or Mercury because of sun glare. And the only time we could ever see any of these planets in a narrow band where they were basically in earth's shadow and they also happened to be coincident in a position where we could see them.

So he worked out the math that said the sun glare at that kind of an orbit would prevent anybody on Earth, even on the dark side from seeing any of the planets that are between us and the sun. And we would thus not know about Mercury, venus, and Mars. And then also we would only think that the outer planets revolved on incredibly long orbits of 20 and 30,000 years because that's how long it would take these things to be coincident with our narrow little view of the world. All because we would be basically trying to look through the sun or towards the sun to see all these other planets. If we're all on the same electrical plane, okay, we collapse that plane into a cone where we're all revolving in our own orbits behind the sun very much like rings on a cone, right, where some rings are a little bit longer and they're all stacked up like some kind of a kid's toy.

And within each of those rings, those are our orbits and our permutations as we're being drugged along by the sun which we know is moving at 72,000 miles per, I think, per hour, maybe it's per minute. I mean, it's just incredibly fast, right? Anyway, this has two issues. It creates the idea of a vacuum awake, if you will, of the sun so that we are existing in a vacuum. But vacuum is not space.

We've extrapolated that all of space is a vacuum. And that's bullshit because it only exists behind the sun. And we know this now because the voyagers have yet to leave the solar system because they can't penetrate the energy field of being pulled through interstellar space. And so we know that the interstellar space is not a vacuum. There's something else there anyway.

So another thing is that the recent venus transit of the sun showed venus clearly in a stair step. There is no way an orbit, that is, heliocentric could ever appear to us on Earth as a stairstep. But if that orbit were spiral from our viewpoint when we were looking at it illuminated by the sun we would see it exactly as it presented itself as a stairstep for a regular stairstep because it's a spiral we're seeing as venus transits the sun. So venus proved that Dr. bots each of us in our own little spiral orbit following a comet model was accurate.

Now, there have been many others and the russians took this model to heart and thus were able to land on planets and get orbits much sooner than von braun in the Us. As is detailed in like chapter nine or something of Dick hoagland's Dark Mission.

It sounds to me like this is just a completely different I'm trying to figure out how the heliocentric model even ever came about. It comes out of the idea of the flat earth from the the late 13 hundreds onward that had been adopted ultimately by the Catholic Church as the idea of their idea was. We lived on a flat earth god. Was up in heaven here and Earth was surrounded by a series of crystal half domes or domes, half spheres and those were the various layers of the celestial heavens. And so that whole idea permutated got evolved into the idea that we were still seen from an Earth perspective.

Once they transferred the idea of the centrisism away from the Earth into the sun, then they did it at the equator, the same way they had had that model on the Earth. Because the Catholic Church and everybody used to maintain prior to copernicus that everything revolved around Earth, that we were the most important thing in the planet. Right. Because they clearly saw the stars revolve around us at night because they weren't thinking of Earth rotating in its place. So once they transferred this idea to the sun, they just naturally did it around the sun as a stationary object.

Wow, I'm fascinating. This is incredible information. I'm absorbing this data and thank you, Cliff, this is awesome. And so really, with all the information that came out recently, I don't know if you read the article recently where they said they found twelve moons, new moons by jupiter. So it sounds to me like something do you think that they've always been there or they've been there for a long time?

Or do you feel that maybe something recently has captured that gravitational pull and brought them in and the transit tuning objects, the kuiper Delta objects and stuff. So maybe we're just moving into a different place in the universe, in the tail of the sun. Well, okay. So there's a couple of natural corollaries to the idea of the sun being a comet like object going through an interstellar medium that is not a vacuum because it supports the Russian idea as they proposed, like in the. Early 2000s, that we were in a different kind of an interstellar space and that there was much more dust and it was much denser.

And they could tell this because of all the time they've spent in their space research investigating what is known as the heliopause, which is this like bulge of our solar system that's out slightly ahead of the sun itself as it moves through interstellar space. This bulge can be seen in an earthly analog as a bow wave on a ship. How a ship goes ahead there's some water that's kicked out ahead of the ship itself and we actually go to a great deal of trouble to eliminate that by trying to get the submarine shape on all the containers and everything. Because that bow wave is an area of energy expenditure that we don't want commercially but the sun is doing that continuously and there's this, like, pulse out there that the russians have studied because it tells us very much about what's coming back towards us. Bear in mind, the russians are much more mystic in their science, and they adopted Dr.

bot's premise way back in the early 1960s. And so they were interested in basically a different kind of model for universe. And coincidentally, it provided them with accurate metrics for how to land on a sea. Imagine us as trying to get to the Moon, and we think that the Moon is orbiting around us when, in effect, it might be orbiting slightly behind us and spinning in a way that we had not anticipated just in order to present its face to us continuously. And so Von braun had a hell of a time getting things to get close to the Moon, yet we can see it and so forth, but it's that tricky.

And so they eventually did even the space shuttle, how it had to arc out, how it had to turn upside down and start spinning as soon as it had lifted up off Earth. Some of the things that the Russian had learned in terms of how to present themselves within this conical environment behind the sun.

This is deep, folks. I'll tell you. We've got about 600 people here already, and we've only been talking for ten minutes. This is fantastic. And, Cliff, you always bring in an amazing crowd.

So really we're going through with the way that things are. When I talked last time about this binary star possibility, now there are a lot of ancient texts that do talk about a binary star. And some of the vedas. I had a guest on the show, Robert sheldon, the other day that was saying that the vedas kind of describe this binary system where a star does get closer to our star. And as that happens, it tends to be more of a golden age.

And then when it goes further apart, it's more of like war disruption. You can plot that against the fixed stars, though, so you need to postulate a moving star. But getting back to my other earlier .1 of the things that you get from Dr. bots premise, and the Russian premise, is that sometimes the interstellar media is going to be thicker, much thicker than other times, and so it'll collapse in on itself or push us down, sort of like putting pressure on the whole solar system. And so the solar system will become slightly more narrow, slightly more elongated.

Another thing is you're going to get a lot more cosmic rays as you push through this and there's more energy excited around our sun. You have to think of the sun not as a nuclear reactor, but as the tip of a tig. welder tungsten and ionized gas. So there's just an ionized gas envelope around a very hot piece of metal, and that's what our sun really is. And so under these circumstances, we get all of these weird effects as it collapses.

Our orbit is slightly shrunk or elongated, but moved further back, and at the same time, the sun can heat up. We get this whiteness from it. We're getting more uv now. We're getting much more of the effects of the uv on the planet itself. And so all of these things are intertight.

And the puzzle for us at one level is to figure out how to predict on our own individual lives what these effects will be over 510, 15 years. And the effects on the social order. It's not going to be as catastrophic as the Younger dryas at the end of the last ice age, when the consensus of thinking in the woo world is that we were hit by comets. Okay, comets. fragments that destroyed all the ice sheets in North America at the same time, flooded the planet, destroyed more land than existed in Asia and Europe combined, flooded it underwater.

We know India lost 60% of its coastline and was pushed back hundreds of miles. And there's giant civilizations along the continental shelf that are all flooded out. But it's not going to be that catastrophic, hopefully, because that was a commentary impact. But we're nonetheless entering into a strange period with higher uv, which, coincidentally, is going to create a denser envelope of not necessarily just even methane, but carbon dioxide. Denser envelope of the atmosphere in a shrunken height.

That's going to create a greenhouse effect. But that greenhouse effect is ultimately going to be switched over into an ice age, and we should start seeing some of the real effects of that and be able to get a guess as to where it's going to be most impacting. And that will be this winter between 2018 and through 2019 in the Northern hemisphere. We should be able to say, okay, look, the coldest spots are in this particular region, goes out this far, and it's likely that that's going to be the new center of glaciation as this ice age starts picking really coming into us. So even though we're going to have extra uv, extra hot summer, already have had an extra hot summer, we're seeing some of the effects of that summer.

And it's the effects on the atmosphere, not only volcanoes, but also all these huge fires. All this particulates in the atmosphere is going to change the Albato of Earth, and it'll do it in a fairly rapid period once it reaches a certain threshold. So we might only be two big volcanoes away from getting kicked into this cooling cycle. Makes sense. It does make sense.

And I want to bring something up about that because I was actually talking about this yesterday. The stratospheric aerosol injection program, the solar radiation management programs, the terraforming weather modification programs are so intense right now that I'm here in southern Colorado in an area that has virtually no industry, minus a little bit of commercial and residential, there's a couple of thousand people out here. And I'm looking out on my deck at the mountains, and there's 13,000 foot peaks out there and on what you would look like a nice day, but the horizon is full of this nanoparticulate haze where all you just see this nastiness. And I go back to the little kid in the 80s, but still the weather was great. You didn't have these programs going on.

You didn't have this extreme weather. And I know that they're telling us that we've got to spray because if we don't, that the world is going to heat up and everybody's going to die because the ice caps are going to melt and blah, blah, blah, blah, we've got to spray this aluminum and barring in the atmosphere. But it just seems like it's gotten worse since they've been doing and hasn't gotten better.

I think you're correct there that their efforts are even if they were taken at face value and we decided that it was a good idea. I think the way that they're going about it is creating that cycle where in fact, it is indeed causing certain short term effects that are making everything worse. Okay, the more they do it, double down on it, the faster we're going to go into some of these holes. And I've examined that idea, and one of the things I put my thinking on was the forest, because the forests up here in the Pacific Northwest and through Canada and all over in Canada for the past 20 years, as we've been under chemtrails, the geomodification, or geoengineering, whatever you want to call it, have really suffered. And now Canada is losing huge amounts of forests every year.

We've got the same kind of situation in many areas of the Northwest here, and it's putting economic pressure and everything on us. But there's also this ecological issue. Now I think that they are aware that they're assisting in forest death here because of the aluminum poisoning. Because if the particles will naturally wash out in the higher elevations, work their way downstream and increase in concentration until they get to the rivers in which all of our resources around here, all the fish, et cetera, are all based on. And we are seeing the effects in the declining fish population, the poor breeding grounds, even though they've got good flow, good rip wrap and the whole deal.

So it is indeed a cost that is publicly there to be seen now at some point, because I think that this all began in 1947. That's where you can trace some of the early military discussions of exactly this issue. Not for harp. They didn't want to use it for bouncing things off the ionosphere. They didn't want to use it for any of the ground penetrating radar to try to talk to submarines or any of that.

The original ideas related to the shift in the magnetic pole until it would be equal to the actual physical pole. And they expected a catastrophe at that point. I think that their thinking was misguided, okay? Because we now know that the thing that they were afraid of was not caused by the shifting of the poles. That was an after effect.

And that the thing that they that caused it all was this impact of Commentary debris 12,800 years ago and up to 11,600 years ago. And that's what destroyed atlantis. That's what caused all of the probably caused all of the destruction and icing of antarctica at that time. It destroyed the North American ice sheets. But at that time, the population would have been living in the coastal plains, which would ran all the way to the continental shelf because the sea levels were 400ft lower than they are today.

And so this comet comes down and smacks into the ice, and everything melts really rapidly. And there's a global catastrophe on an order of magnitude that Hollywood could not duplicate no matter how much money they put into cgi, okay? And so you'd have no concept in your mind as to how horrific all of this was? Humanity barely struggles through we reconnect and start getting some technology transfer of agriculture, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera, from a few remnants of the ancient civilization around 9600 years ago. After all the catastrophe and after this really bad thousand year period here on the planet, these comets are coming out of a particular area of the taurus constellation that we pass through twice a year.

I doubt this actually had anything to do with it, but we had a recent passover local to us of a, quote, meteor. If you believe the description of it from the newspapers and the official mainstream media, it was the largest meteor to hit the North American continent in the last 20 years. And it was about I thought they said the size of a golf cart and weighed like, you know, £450 or something like that. So that's the official story on it. But in any event, that was in March.

But we crossed this area in June, and we crossed this area in October, November, every year. So twice a year. So catastrophes could be they could happen like clockwork on us. But it's all exacerbated by our current solar situation, which is all more energized because more cosmic rays are coming around the sun and coming back to impact us. Thus the increase in the uv, which is causing the oceans to start evaporating at a higher rate, which is why we're having all of this mysterious water loss.

I want to jump in on that. Did you recently? Lake tahoe. Now this is spooky clip. Lake tahoe.

The temperatures UC berkeley test the temperatures last July of the lake itself, it's 68.4 degrees. That's a rise in temperatures of six degrees over the year before. Now, tell me that's not exactly activity or something underneath there or what's going on. Well, it can also be attributed to the uv levels. I mean, given my latitude up here, I've got one of these uv meters that measures the uva and B very accurately and does a gifs at uvc.

The only difference between those is that uvc has just been split off as its own category. Just it's a slightly higher level of frequency. But the uvc levels are now frying animals in the American Southwest. They're melting plast, exposed plastic things in the public infrastructure, like the housing on stoplights, these kind of things. So there is an incredible amount of energy that is transferred from the sun in these uv levels into our local environment.

So I wouldn't put it past it. That may be the cause, yeah. And what you're talking about also, let's not forget about Scotland and the UK. I mean, they've got people that are getting stuck in roads and stuff. It's funny, I read an article the other day with this guy, got stuck supposedly in the pavement on the road in the UK.

But I think it was probably just a commercial for Doc Martin, because they're like, yeah, luckily he was wearing his grandpa's. grandpa. That always get doc martin So we had Doc brought to my attention, like, yeah, that's a good marketing player right there. I like that. Well, certainly the Earth is going through some major changes, and I hope that we're in a position where we can fix it technologically to where we don't have to go back to the stonings, where we don't have to go back to starting over.

There's just a few thousand people left. I mean, I'd like to make it through. I'm sure you would. And everybody else this podcast would. So I think it's good that we can talk about this stuff because, for example, I'm going to a meeting, possibly it's about 75%.

I was invited to go to a conference in huntsville, Alabama, where there's going to be a lot of big players there to protect the energy grid. Okay, what do we do to make sure the energy grid stays protected? Because what if we have a cme or a solar flare or something like that? There's all sorts of things that could shut down the energy grid. And if I go out there and talk to these people, I'm sure that they have to know about this kind of stuff.

I mean, they have very high positions. They have clearances that I'm sure are higher than mine anyway, because I have clearance to Google search and that's about it. And then come conclusions. But anyway so I wonder if that's on these guys minds. It's got to be on everybody's mind right now.

When you go outside and you're dealing with the extreme heat, you see flooding, earthquakes. The steamboat geyser just erupted again a few days ago, and it's been going off like clockwork every week or two weeks. It had a very long dormant stage. tahoe inspiration point. Hidden falls, hawaii is still going off.

New volcanoes. Yeah. And so many people. Okay. I wonder if people just they don't want to know, so they just hide their heads in the sand.

That okay, I'm going to go turn on reality TV. I'm going to go watch some sports because I just can't think about this. That's got to be the mindset of most people. It's got to be the mindset of probably 75%. And they don't want to put the work in that that would be required if they actually thought about it.

Because if they thought about it, they would come to conclusions that, well, damn, this can happen. And therefore they'd come to the next conclusion of, I'm vulnerable, then what do I do? Right? And that leads to a whole long series of decisions that lead to a lot of damn work. And it's all speculative.

It turns out to be very valuable. It's never the disaster that you plan for that you save yourself from. It's always something else. But planning for one usually covers a number of other bases. So having been the victim of power outage in the past, I get a generator and get my system all hooked up and ready to go and okay, so I'm worried about xyz, and it turns out to be prq.

Doesn't matter. I still have electricity and thus don't get kicked back to that previous age. Right. So under the circumstances, it makes sense to prepare in a general way for disruptions from a number of different sources. I mean, I never thought, by the way, that moving over to where we're located would put us right under the path of a meteor or whatever it was that came flying over and the house shook like no earthquake would ever make it shake.

It was very interesting. And then to find out that the Navy and a bunch of other entities went looking for it first time ever that they'd gone looking for any meteor that crashed in the ocean. And usually they don't look for meteors, and then they go trucking around in boats for a while 16 miles off of ocean shores down the way, and they find 20 1 mm pieces and claim that's all they found out of those £454 of supposedly the biggest meteor to hit North America in the last 20 years. So none of it made sense. Yeah, that could have been something different like that's a very interesting thought.

Now let's say they did get something. Maybe they could reverse engineer it so they're going to tell the official narrative, hey, we just found a couple of ice cubes on the bottom. It's spot gas. It was very interesting. Do you think that over the next, let's say let's take a look over the next year and over the next ten years, and then I'd like to get into the ancient ones.

And folks, this is great. We've got almost 900 people here listening live. Now we're going to talk about the pre anunnaki and this is going to be amazing. This is very suppressed information and I even tried to find some of it and I typed in the names wrong and stuff like that. When you said nemo, it made me think of nemo and I wondered, do they get that idea?

They're like, okay, they're kind of throw it in our face. Because think about it, it's a fish, right? Little nemo is a bunch of fish. Sure, sure. No, no, I get, I get the analogy.

But also look at the, look at the Roman Catholic Church and the Eastern orthodox Church and they're fish hats. Look how many, how many fish robes are used for ceremonial purposes by all these secret societies. So it goes real deep, dude. Yeah, it's incredible. It's right in plain sight.

And I think that you and I, we definitely know what to look for. And I think a lot of people listen to Leak project and go to Halfpassumon.com and have been checking out the Alpha reports and stuff. Do you even offer although reports anymore? No, not per se. I haven't done.

The last eleven reports have been these bare naked wealth reports about cryptocurrencies. Oh, cool. Bare naked wealth reports. Yeah. That's cool, man.

Yeah, I knew I was going to be dealing with greed, so I decided to just name it truthfully. You know, it's all about bare naked avarice for wealth. That's awesome. That's awesome. So, so, yeah.

So, Cliff, do you think let's talk about maybe the next year, in the next ten years, where it's going? And, and southern Colorado a safe place to be. I'm about 7300ft elevation halo. I don't know that you really have to worry about. You certainly don't have to worry about mega floods.

Okay. If we look at all the evidence for mega floods, they all came from the land going out to the ocean, never the other way. There's no evidence anywhere on the planet for the ocean rising up in any significant way out of the continental shelf. Tsunamis, hang on a second. By their very nature run up over the top of the continental shelf.

They lose a lot of their energy. Then they have to run the distance of the flooded continental shelf until they rise up into human habitation. So the displacement waves are short lived. They're a different thing. When something falls in the water and there's a big amount of water that has to shift.

They don't run anywhere near as far as tsunamis or other forms of waves. But in any event, if you look on land, all the evidence is of waves of giant amounts of water on land going out to the ocean. This is from the. Collapse of the ice sheet at the end of the last ice age. Most of this evidence can be found in Western Europe and North America, although all of the stuff in Europe has been pretty much obscured by human habitation over time.

The further you get west here in the Us. The more signs of it. You see all the bad lands utah, Eastern Washington, the giant boulders everywhere in Eastern Washington, all the debris, et cetera, from the flooding. So I don't think you have to be concerned about that kind of stuff in terms of our environment. But what we do have to be concerned about is this shift into this new ice age.

And it'll be through oscillation, which they discussed extensively in the 1950s and 60s as how you would end up basically with a hot, wet season and a cold, wet season, and then eventually you'd be a long, cold, wet season and a very brief hot, wet season. And in neither case is it going to be an enjoyable process. So I think that we need to think about the longer term consequences of our current situation and the fact that what's driving our current situation is the proximity of the gas giants, jupiter and saturn to the orbit of Earth and how and how it affects us. It always coincides with it happens every 425 years. It lasts about 125 years.

It always coincides with an increase in expansion events, cracking of the Earth sinkholes, the alteration of the oceans. It's also coincided with the commentary debris in the dryest that caused the Younger dryas period, another ice age area. And so it's predictable that we are going to be in this for 125 years and that we may end up in something that we're going to have to describe as a mini ice age under the circumstances. It seems odd that just on the face of it, that we would be getting hotter in order to become colder. But the process is that basically we have to have more stuff from the planet, end up in the atmosphere.

That usually is accomplished by a lot more uv. That brings up a lot more water vapor, which makes the atmosphere denser just on the water vapor in it from the oceans. And then at the same time, a lot more volcanoes go off because the Earth is being pulled in its orbit, in its orbit lengthened by some 0.3% or something by the gas giants in their proximity to our half of the earth's orbit relative to the sun. They're both on the same side, so to speak. So there's this like combined effect, sort of a slingshot effect.

And so it's irregular or it's periodic and frequent, but its regularity, as we in earth's orbit zoom past gas giants, it sort of grabs our gravity for a while, twists us around, and then we go through this expansion period, come back and do it again. Over the course of 125 years, so I think we kind of need to plan for that. So a year from now we're going to have a very hot, intense summer. It'll probably be uv hell, really the first part of it where you'll now start having to take into account what's the uv rating on your hat? I make sure that I buy hats that have uv rating of at least 50.

And the sunscreen isn't going to cut it anymore. You're going to have to take some material protection for uv. You won't be able to wear T shirts out there because it's like a uv five level. And you're going to need something that will be at least 50. And uvc will be quite the quite the issue for heating things up.

So cars may not function well in certain areas because they'll just be too hot to deal with it. The engines and everything will just be continually heated not only by their operation, but also by the non lead up of the intense summer. And it'll flip right into, in some other areas, a very intense winter, a lot of snow that will just hang around. So not only do we have to protect ourselves now from five G like my 5g had here, this thing literally has two emf liners in it, little block in the kilohertz all the way up to 30. Research that I've done, a lot of the 5g stuff, they're talking about doing 800 mobile Is.

And then verizon says, no, you need real speed. You need like 28. Then there's people talking about getting into the 200 ghz range, which is just insane. That's beyond microwave beams, ladies and gentlemen. So now we got to block uv and ems.

They love us so much, Cliff. They love us. But hey, like you said, this could be they think they're doing the right thing. They think they're protecting us by spraying aluminum, barium, and lithium in the atmosphere. Well, there's another aspect of that guy, right, with a lithium and you'd be like a battery.

Well, no, I was thinking about just their mindset. If we take the mythology into account here, this 1947 meeting at a very high level in the Us military essentially began a series of off the books kind of projects that include the Kim trails and all of that, right? And during that period of time, the military's mindset was they kicked ass in World War II. We were the victors. They're going to go ahead and do as they choose.

They knew what was best for everybody. And such trivial things as like, environmental impact statements just did not apply and wasn't even in their thinking. They were doing what needed to be done to accomplish serious goals because they thought that there was a series of series of serious risks. Once the serious risk of the fighting with the germans was taken down, they needed some reason to justify their existence. Thus, we've had this perpetual war ever since and it also has occasionally included the idea that, oh, we're at war with circumstances in the weather and so on.

And so this leads to that same kind of a mindset that it does not matter. Now, if I'm correct, the chemtrails also solved another problem, okay? And the analog is the stanis fluoride. When they had mountains of stanis fluoride from steel production, this guy came along and said, hey guys, I know how to get rid of that. And then he sold the idea to the government that fluoride was good for the teeth of children and the bones of old people.

All I had to do was buy this industrial waste product and shove it into the water and all would be good. And oh, by the way, the fluoride dulls the thinking of the population. They'll be more docile. And so government said, sure, sure, we'll buy that stuff and use it anyway. So the current thing with the lithium and the barium and strontium and so on, I believe is actually what's known as fly ash from coal plants, which we used to create over a billion dollars worth of.

It took us a billion dollars every year out of our social order to dispose of the fly ash from all the coal plants. But since Kim trails came along, we haven't been paying that. It came down very rapidly, and now it's virtually nonexistent. No one ever talks about it. Prior to the chemtrails coming along, we were having huge amounts of problems in areas like Tennessee with fly ash repository, dams breaking and the stuff flooding the local environment, because it is exactly the same composition of what we think of as Kim trails.

And it's a slurry, it's a very fine ash that just flows like water, and it's right on the train tracks. It was easy to transport. So my thinking is that that's what chemtrails are made out of, it's fly ash, and it eliminated the problem, all this waste. And so, if I'm correct, they're putting into the atmosphere a very selective version of volcanic dust, so to speak, trying to achieve an effect of the Albato change on the planet. And that they're doing this because in 1947 were the first indications that the yellow sun was fading away into this new white sun.

And throughout my lifetime, I've seen that become a reality. Gone are the very pleasant days you could spend at the seashore without in the sun for eight and 10 hours with no protection whatsoever. Those are gone because that sun is gone.

Well, and see, another thing too about the sun, and I've wondered this before, and I'm sure there's a simple explanation, is because I totally know what you're saying about the difference in the heat, the difference in the color. I mean, it certainly looks different, looks white a lot of the times now, but when it's on the horizon, some days it will have that same orange hue that same orange color that it used to have before it just went all uvc excitement overlord style. Well, and there's another aspect of that. When the yellow sun was bigger, okay, the yellow sun corona was further away from the solid mass of the sun. That meant that fewer cosmic rays got around the sun to strike the things that were behind it and the things that were behind it.

All of our solar system was much more protected because the corona itself was larger. As we get into white, the corona has shrunk. It went from 5000 degrees kelvin. It's moving its way down to an estimated 3000 degrees kelvin. And that will allow much more in the way of cosmic rays to come back.

Cosmic rays can be incredibly damaging to our environment. A cosmic ray barrage can strip off parts of our high atmosphere, including the ozone. They come on in, they create boron, which is a good thing. But at the same time, the cosmic rays bring up an incredible amount of energy because they go all the way into the Earth and they participate in the expansion event because they'll go all the way down to the core of the planet and increase the plasma because of the let's just call it kinetic energy. Although it's not necessarily an object per se that's moving.

But the core of the planet will pick up a lot of energy, much more so than the particle itself because in essence, it's like a catcher's mitt absorbing all of the impact energy of this cosmic rays that comes on in because the core of the planet is a giant magnetic field surrounding a very hot plasma. And so thus we get into this period of time which is coincident with and the mechanism makes sense. As the corona of the sun shrinks down, we get expansion events in all of the planets behind it because more cosmic rays come around it. And thus we know that, for instance, the gas giants being over on our side of the solar system, they alter our orbit. And that is also coincident with periods when the sun has shrunk down some.

The expectation is that perhaps the ages of men the Golden Age, Silver Age, Bronze Age and Iron Age, or the yugas perhaps these are coincident with major changes in solar status, if you will, and that we're going to be coming into a Silver Age out of a Bronze Age. But we'll be facing the trials of living under a much more intense sun with a lot more radiation. But even it doesn't make any sense. But it's because the sun is shrunk in turning into a white sun and it may expand again back into a yellow sun as we go into a different region of space. We can't really predict that.

So the old model about how the sun has a certain life span and then it'll eventually turn into a black hole, you're kind of saying that it could be different, where it could be just the cycles based upon where it's at. It could be the old model is predicated on the idea of the sun as being a collapsed hydrogen giant that's collapsed all of its hydrogen atoms so much that they got all excited and exploded into this constant nuclear maelstrom that rotates around the sun itself, okay? And so that's how they used to explain the corona, the energy coming from the sun, the light and all of this was that it was basically a giant nuclear reactor. Thus the idea being that it would burn itself out someday and have to collapse in on itself. Nothing could be further from the truth, all right?

So that model does not apply to the current understanding of stellar lifespans and stellar evolution, okay? So you have to think of the sun as being a giant iron ball, iron and other metals, and heavily concentrated in gold, silver, and tungsten because of their atomic weights and how their covalent attributes are also with silver, and there will be other precious metals and then iron. And it's very much like the tip on a Tuesday ionized gas welding rod, right? You get ionized gas flowing around it. You spark it with electricity, and you get this incredible arc of energy that pours out of the tip of that tungsten, and it's very much like that.

And we get the ionized gas as a result of the interstellar media, we're in an electric universe, which is why I don't buy the idea, by the way, that we gathered these new moons, because if we were gathering moons even out into jupiter, we would see vast lightning storms, inner interstellar lightning storms. Is the electrical potential of that part of the solar system equalized because everything is basically trying to ground itself. All this energy created by the sun includes vast amounts of electrical energy that flow back. And so all of the planets are also, in a sense, carrying their own corona. We know that this is the case that we're all if you look at the earth from the outside, it looks like a little mini comet with a little mini tail.

And this is true of all the planets. And our coronas are basically ionized gas at a different level of potential than the sun, but they're nonetheless ionized gas. Ours includes lots of oxygen, et cetera. And we can tell that venus, you can tell the nature of all of the atmospheres by looking at the light that comes from them in a spectrograph. And you can tell, oh, look, there's a lot of oxygen on this planet.

There's not so much on this planet, some methane here, that kind of thing, just by looking at what the colors produced by their atmospheres across space. And so we know that this model is really much more developed than the heliocentric model, which is in the process of dying. And this new model explains a lot more about how the structure of our universe and our solar system is behaving, and thus we can predict things that will be happening to us ten years out. We have 2029, we have Apotheus. Okay.

You're aware of that, right? It's going to be a squeaker and then in like 41, I think it comes back to impact the Earth if that squeaker causes its orbit to alter a little ways. That's an Edo. Correct. Yes.

Okay.

It's a fairly large meteor. The window in which the planets have to move in order for us to not get hit is very small. So we may be looking at something needing to be done between 2029 and 2041. But the natural course of the expansion events will continue for the next 100 and let's say four years, assuming that we're out of the 125 or like 21 years into the advanced stage of this process as the gas giants have moved over onto our half of the solar system relative to our orbit, mind is low.

And the thing is that this is coincident with a lot of the activity we're seeing. So I've got people that are very intelligent people in key places that are giving me information about some weird things that are going on. So if I were in the Blue Chicken cult, I would say that these guys are insiders and stuff. It's not really the case. So, for instance, there's this guy in Brazil or who I think he's resident in Brazil, but he has to, for his job, he has to drive down through uruguay.

empatic. Empagway.

He'd be like a milk or some kind of a drink distributor and he fills up all of these little stores along the way. And he's got a route that's like 600 km long. And he's telling me that he has to pass a couple of areas that are basically American military installations and his business goes up and down based on what's going on within these bases because I guess some of the people get out, go to the local villages, and he services those stores in there. Right. So he's well aware of personnel changes at that level in that it affects how much of his drink that he sells.

And he's telling me that and he sent me pictures taken by his phone that these bases were just hopping, just jumping up and down and crammed full of airplanes. And what he's showing me pictures of are big C 130s, right. Cargo carriers, though not armed. And it turns out that there's these two bases. I won't get into any particulars about them, but they're staging areas for jumps into antarctica.

And here it's winter in antarctica, right? And he was saying that this beats the antarctic summer season of 2016, when it was his all time peak for business in that area due to personnel at these American bases coming through to these these convenience stores, basically these bodegas and purchasing drinks that he had to restock. And so he knows the activity there. And he's been doing this for, like, 15 years. He says it's never been higher, and it's damn winter.

And he says the planes just come in with regularity, there's lots of new people, and it's good for him, good for his business. Now, I also have confirmation of this very same kind of an event coming out of New Zealand where two separate individuals who are near staging areas for antarctica have sent me pictures of 747s that are coming in and lining up and getting full of stuff and head to antarctica, C 130s that are doing the same. All kinds of airplanes that are packing stuff in. And it's winter, right? It's very difficult to do that kind of thing in winter.

And you must therefore assume that there's something that's motivating this incredible high level of activity. Now, just before the winter began, there were a number of flights out of the Northwest, which, curiously, is a very large staging area up at Fort Lewis mccord for very large planes that would then would hop down the Pacific and end up in New Zealand prior to getting refueled and shipped out. But this is where a lot of the supplies would be routed to. And it just has to do with the great circle and why it's more efficient to fly out of our area than, say, California. And there were huge amounts of flights going out from here, and I thought that was the end of it.

Now, we haven't seen any in our summer from well, actually, we haven't seen any or heard any since probably April. But you hear them flying over and they're heading directly towards the far South Pacific. So, you know that basically these are antarctic flights. And so now that it begs the question of why now this huge push, right? I mean, that is odd because, like you said, it's wintertime and the weather is so extreme out there, it can get into, what, 60, 70 below.

It's insane out there. There's a reason why antarctica is not inhabited except for certain sections where they've got a basic it's intense. Yeah. And so, as I say, it begs the question, what's motivating them? And you're also saying at the same time that your area is being sucked in with kim trails.

I've noticed the chemtrails out here this summer. We've had an exceptional year here in what's known as beach scum, okay? And beach scum is this idea that the sand heats up way fast and you get these hot, humid fogs that lift up off through the sand, which are then replenished by the tide as it's coming in. And so these huge, giant, hot, humid fog banks come rolling in off the beach, not off the ocean. So if you go down on the beach and you go through the fog out into the early part of the waves, it's a beautiful, clear, perhaps it may be chemtrails or whatever, but it's not connected to the creation of these fogs.

And these fogs are very regular and they have to do with the heating up of the beach as it goes along. Now, they're also curiously self regulating because as the fogs get up several hundred feet, I'm up 155ft and they'll roll over our house like giant clouds. But as they get up to a certain height, they start cooling the place off. But still it's this. And then they start a new dew point and there's all of this water cascading down that's not really rain.

It's this evaporation off of the beach. But it's so bad that if you're down on the beach, even with headlights on, you can't necessarily see cars. And we're talking your level of visibility might be less than an 8th of a mile, maybe a 16th, and you suddenly see the car and have to swerve. So it can get really quite dangerous. And also it's hot and humid and so on.

So a lot of very strange responses in my way of thinking to the increased uv levels. Now, I've recorded as high as 12.5 and a 13 in total aggregate uv A, B, and C levels here, but it's primarily registering the A and B. But even so, we should not be that high, given my latitude here and the basic rules that apply. Because most of the uv falls on our equator equatorial zone between the tropics, we should maybe be getting up into the sevens, upper sevens or so. In my youth in the Pacific Northwest, I would have assumed with the yellow sun that uv levels would be maybe three or four.

And you used to have to go very high in latitude. And historically this is the case. We're the only peoples on the planet that ever invented any form of a uv goggle as a result of needing it for survival were the inuit, were the natives, the peoples of the Alaska region all around the Arctic Circle. This was because the yellow sun and the angle of the atmosphere presented them with uv levels that could damage the eyes out on the water. And so they invented the idea of fish skin goggles with these little pinholes through them, and it filtered out 90% of the uv, and they were good.

But we don't see that even in the polynesians. There was just no necessity for it. So historically, uv is something that humans may have had to deal with in the past, but we don't have an effective model to be found anywhere in our history as to how to cope with it all. So it could be very interesting as we go forward. And we now have for sure measurable levels of uv increase that don't appear to be going away.

And there were like, 20,000 people that went into hospital in Japan due to the heat. A lot of that is uvc. The issue with it is that it it doesn't penetrate the skin that much further than the other uv waves, but the frequency is so much higher that it dumps such a heat load onto that skin that you really do suffer. You could get a I want to say, like a heat stroke or paralysis before your skin could react and give you any kind of sign of burning.

Yeah. And even like, when I go outside now, the sun is so intense that I'm glad I just got myself a really nice pair of sunglasses that have the polarized and another type of lens that makes and you can look in the skies that have that fake blue and you can see the haze that sprayed over it. It's just disgusting. But this is incredible, Cliff. Now, we've got about 1200 people listening to the live chat here and they're just enthralled with what you have to say.

And they wanted me to ask if we could get into the people before the anunnaki. Sure. Let's stop for a second, though, and say that everything that we think we understand about the Anununaki basically lies from sitching. Okay? So you have to be very careful about referencing the anunaki and these kind of things because most of what we know from him or most of the common mythos that people think they understand originates from his work.

And so our understanding really needs to be taken into the area that Michael tillinger found in South Africa and some of these areas that sitchin did not participate in. Okay? So we need to understand the very narrow limitations of the anunaki. It was sitin that really claimed that they were the ones that were messing with our DNA. Now, we know from Michael Tellinger's work that there's some small level of truth to that, but nowhere near the level that sits in claims in his supposed translations.

Right. And what I would recommend also for people that are interested in the onunaki, there's actually an Oxford University website you can go to and I've probably read 70 or 80 tablets that were translated by Oxford University that talk about the onuki. And it's interesting because you can take these onunaki and I'm kind of looking at the tablets now more astro theological, but at the same time, there are certain stories in there that don't sound like the planets. And with that said, there is one story in particular called enki and nima which talks about how enki and his counterpart, they were making people to do and they were drinking beer. They were drinking beer and wine.

They were making people and they're like, oh, that one, that guy can't this. Oh, that one can't see. We'll give that one to the king. Oh, that one will go to the king. I'm just like, whoa, maybe you shouldn't drink before you make people.

It's pretty wild, man. But well, it's also all of the chimera stuff too. The Half Men, half horses, all of that. oops, we really screwed up. Give me another drink, and we'll try it again.

Yes. Well, I can't see nothing, man. Talk about never mind. I got goggles on, man. That thing looks pretty good right now.

I'm just right, but the okay, so the the concept is that they're the oldest representations we have for creator deities have some universal common elements. They're all female. They show a fish shape or a mermaid kind of an idea, which can't be actually tied to manateese or any of this. It's entirely different. And all of the very first creation myths around the planet have us being created by this species that we called the numo.

Now we call them and this is numo. We called them this because it came from the dogon language after the dogon had been relocated in mali, and it was translated by a French archaeologist. But the numo were depicted in statuary all around the planet and in petroglyphs from England, finland, down through polynesia into the Australian aborigine, down into any part of Africa. So they are universal around the planet that there's some form of mermaid slash merman that's represented and held in very different cultures, held in awe. Okay, let's just put it that way.

It's a very powerful being. And the numb theoretically came here, found a planet that had no vertebrates, okay? It was entirely invertebrates. Right? Now, only 15% of the population of the planet are are animals with spines.

All the rest don't have them. And nummo were creatures that had spines. They loved water. They're aquatic. They're 98% female, 2% male.

They resembled fish populations. We have here on the planet that populate, that practice this way of repopulating themselves and getting the genetic diversity. And in the case of the numo, they're described as being able to change their gender at will for the purpose of procreation. They're also described as being eternal. Being eternal does not mean immortal, because each body would die, but the essence of that consciousness would transfer through an internal process to a new body that it would give birth to.

And then it would be raised by the community. But it would be the same being and would have all of the knowledge of the mother, so to speak. Right? And they could split their souls. They could expand their population and create new beings, new repositories for new souls to enter.

But they didn't do that lightly because they're eternal. They needed to balance things. They come to the earth, and they basically took elements of the DNA of the beings that were here and then manufactured vertebrates, all the vertebrate species, mammals, every vertebrate in the ocean, this kind of thing. And so vertebrates come on to the historical record at a very weird time and then explode out as dinosaurs and these other other creatures diminish, if we were to believe the fossil records. But anyway, there's a lot of data supporting the.

Astrophysical view of the dogon people and other people that believed in the NUMO because they know about certain things like the existence of stars that we haven't discovered until recently, and these kind of elements that they could not have known unless told by a more advanced civilization or the remnants thereof. And so, as I say, there's a lot of support for these creation myths. But basically the idea is that the NUMO had a very active role in creating vertebrates, and their goal, if we were to believe the mythos, was to create repositories where evolution at a consciousness level would provide people that could become immortal as they are or eternal. And so you'd have the idea that they were basically trying to create advanced receptacles for consciousness that otherwise didn't exist much in the universe from their viewpoint. And so in this sense, they were ugly, though, by the way, in our particular eyes.

But there's a lot of other mythos within the NUMO story about they screw up. One of the creatures that they make as an early human goes a little insane, takes one of their rocket ships that's powered by liquid copper. This is a very key element, is that they didn't zip through no time. They were content because they're eternal to just get in their spaceship and plow through the universe the same way our sun does. And they would have a spinning liquid copper disc at the head of their spaceship that basically drew them through, very much like the sun draws power from the universe and has provided that power in its ionized gas.

So their spaceships were basically in a hot ionized gas ball, and they could just plow right through the interstellar media. But this made a very powerful spaceship that when this guy went crazy, he didn't know what he was doing. He stole one, crashed back on the earth and polluted it. The Nummo and the other protohumans that they had created had to hightail it out because of the incredible level of pollution damage. There was a giant extinction as a result.

The NUMO felt really bad. Then they came back and rebuilt a lot of the species that had been destroyed, but not all of them, and then repopulated with new species in a form of payment for allowing that error to have occurred, that one of their creations went mad and caused all of this. Then they seated humans here and basically said, we'll be back at some point. We can chat.

So these beams were literally traveling to stars, but this was kind of their home base. And it sounds like when you said they made a human, like they made a person that looked like you and me or anybody else. No, the original creation. Okay, first off, this was not their base. This was just a stopping off point.

And after they've done their work here, they're going to go on to the next one, right? You got to think that if you're going to live forever, it gets a little boring and you've got to take up a real good hobby. And so seating conscious vehicles throughout universe is a pretty good hobby, right. And keeps you occupied. Anyway, so they made us, but the original us was very much more like them.

And so the way the story goes, they created these eight beings, four breeding pair, and on the way here, two of the beings fell in love with each other and got pregnant. But they did so when they fell in love with each other. They did so when they were both male. And when one of them got pregnant, it was in the transition period between male and female. And there is basically this is probably why we have the historical religious perspective that's against homosexuality, right?

Because it stems from this idea that there was this transgression because the memo say you should not do that. You've got to be in opposite genders for affected procreation and so on. So it was against their rules. But anyway, so that occurred. It's curious that the result of that was the creation of this mad being that was thought to be the progenitor and is the alleged progenitor of the House of Windsor, of the royal ruling families.

But it was a totally aberrant, thinking individual that no one really knew until it grew up into like then it went crazy. So at that time, the humans were both genders or either, so you'd be either gender as was needed. So the NUMO, not knowing how to prevent this madness from occurring again, decided to fix our genders so that we couldn't get into that situation as easily. Right. And it kept the genes a little bit easier to work with and so on.

That, at least is the generalized understanding of what occurred at that point. How accurate? Of course, we have no way of knowing because we're talking about way back in the far distant parts of history. Like if we were to go back, how far back do you think this is? Timeline, give or take a few months.

Multiple millions of years. Okay. Multiple millions.

Now I'm thinking of these crafts as well. They sound fascinating. Are they like the vedas that they're described or the dentist? No, since then we encounter a change in technology. Okay, so now maybe the numos, if they come back, would come back in something much more like the vimanae or, you know, current energy based ships.

But maybe the technology back, say, 200 million years ago or whatever was available to them was much more materialistic, much more mechanistic. And they're eternal, they're long lived. So time transit between star systems is nothing to them. And if you get older, tired, you birth yourself in a new body, and there you go. Right.

So just not an issue. They're aquatic, so the ships are filled with water. It makes it a lot easier to scrub out than the problems with air, these kind of things. So it can last a really long time under the circumstances. The nemo understanding or mythos that you find especially you'll encounter this in terms of the military, and you'll see some really weird patches on some military units that basically represent NUMO.

And you go to Hawaii and you see petroglyphs basically showing froglike beings giving birth to humans. You go to Gobekley Temple and you see all of the glyphs, very complex structures that show genetic engineering going on by these rather ugly sort of quasi water beings, right? You find representations in all the religions. You know, the fish suits, the fish hats that the catholics and the Eastern orthodox have, the coptic Christians had the same. You find all these representations to aquatic beings.

Every culture has a noah myth, and in all of the noah myths, it always brings back basically all the genetic material to repopulate the planet. And this happened, like I say, maybe 200 million years ago. The reason I put it back that far is that we have 200 or I think it's got to be back around 250,000,000 years ago, but we have a and this is this is the initial contact. And, you know, the 65 million year death of the dinosaurs is not necessarily coincided with the rise of mammals, or it is coincident with the rise of mammals, but the mammals may have existed a long time before that. But in any event, 200 million years ago, that reference we have as a peg in some sanskrit literature that is is at a core of a lot of these religions has been preserved over time.

And its cosmology says that basically humans began about that period of time. Now we have evidence of human fossils, homo sapiens, sapiens that have been in found in strata of rock that we know was laid down 8 million years ago. We can't explain how they got there. It could be that they were there after the rocks have been laid down, but it's really far fetched. So there seems to be a lot of support for modern day kind of humans genetically capable of interbreeding with us and so on as being around on the planet multiple millions of years in the past.

So given that we have the Ice Age, the catastrophe a few years back, 13,000 years ago, we don't have any real good records for anything, and we have amnesia. So a lot of this is intense speculation, but we need to fill in the gaps because we still face those conditions that cause that catastrophe. And we're in this new ice age, too. Well, and also the annunaki, whatever they are, whoever they are, whether they're representation of the planets or maybe they were space travelers and they wanted to take the planets, like somebody would go buy real estate out here. I'm going to go buy that lot in Colorado.

I actually buy that more. I buy that more because of maro Biglino's work with the Catholic archives because basically all of the catholicism records and the early bibles are entirely about visitations to this planet by gold seeking space aliens. It's fascinating because yeah, I think one of the books that he wrote was called this Book Will Forever Change the Way You Look at the Bible. And very intelligent man. I think he was a translator for the Vatican and did a bunch of translation work for the archives.

Wow. He really clearly believes that the anunnaki, or the gods, I should say not the anunnaki, the gods that are talked about in the Bible, the yellow heme were more people like, more human like than we think they are sometimes, but with longer lifespans. So, like, you talked a bit about the Yamunaki and what you feel, what they are compared to the Nemo, and I was wondering if you could talk a little bit about that and where do you think they came from? I don't speculate as to where these guys might have come from. Okay.

Universe is vast, and who knows? The anunnaki, though, are a much more recent visitor than the NUMO. And according to some local traditions with the salish people, there's a war that's been going on with the long live star people and the sky people who are the anunaki. And this war always involves basically proxies and kicking the crap out of local populations, but that the NUMO are trailblazers and the Anununaki are followers and copiers, not creators. They can only manipulate what already exists, whereas the Nemo can create a whole cloth and that just pop into a new gene sequence right out of their thinking as opposed to having to have it in existence the way that the anunaki have.

So the anunaki are less skilled technicians, and they're at war with the NUMO and try and follow the NUMO population strategies of populating soul vessels in all these various star systems. And so the anunnaki can be considered to be parasites. Now, what's really interesting about them and the crossover into the lowheam of the various religions is that challeninger's work in South Africa, I think bears looking into, because there's a lot of symbology there that seems to suggest the same kind of thing at its core that we encounter in Big leno's translation of the original Bible and its source material, where you find that the Holy Spirit is actually a spaceship. That's what the word translates, that there was no mention of God. The word God does not exist in the Bible.

That, in fact, all of those words that had been translated as God are an untranslatable name of a species. And so it's as though ants could name their own species something and come and tell us that word. We wouldn't have a translation for the word. We would just have to say at this stage that that word meant ant. Now, the catholic Church or the churches have translated that word to mean God, but it does not.

elohim was the name they gave to themselves very much the way we give the name humanity to the collective of all humans. And so elohim is the collective of all of those species, of all of that member or that type of species. And indeed, they're very much more human than we would give them credit for. And they're simply more technologically advanced, but they're also much more recent. So they might have only been, say, I don't know, maybe as far out as 200,000 years, maybe as close as 50,000 years ago.

There was a lot of stuff that went down in the realm of three processional cycles back. So 36,000 years back to 50,000 years back. We find that that's the time at which most of the pyramids were created, the sphinx, is likely from that period of time. So a lot of these things were going on and represent the expansion of a global society that did not necessarily include or was not necessarily limited to what we think of as humanity. It may have included these other beings.

But Michael toner's work, by the way, does reinforce the idea of visitations and the essential nature of the onunaki. Is not being nice guys much more self centered than we would give them credit for now. Do you think that they are influencing us right now? Certainly as a template for our society? If you mean actively trucking around somewhere, I don't know.

Sure, there's a lot of arguments that could be made to support that, but it's nothing that I could ever come to a conclusion on, so I don't really think about things are wonky. I grant you that. Whether the wonkiness has an intent and a purpose on it is speculation. Exactly. And speculation is definitely a big part of fringe conspiracies oftentimes.

Because you know what, ladies and gentlemen? A good conspiracy. You can't really prove it, right? But when you're talking about I love the description of these nemo beings, the way that they would just go from one body to another and transfer consciousness. And the description of the spaceship.

That sounds fascinating. I would love to find some links to get in it's. pictographically represented as the glowing disk between the horns of the cow or the horns of the bull. Right? You see this in Egypt.

You see it in sumerian. You see it in phoenician and so on. And the idea was that the copper would be irradiated or somehow ignited into a glowing plasma ball that was held suspended in the magnetic container. That is represented by the horns of the bull. And the spaceship is the body behind it.

There's an envelope of gas around it. It just goes like all hell.

Now, stargates, I watched the film, the original stargate from 94 again the other day, and I think there's a lot of truth in that film that kurt russell's in from 23, 24 years ago. Have you seen it? Sure, yeah. I like that. And I've seen a few episodes of stargate Universe, which is where these people get stranded on this spaceship, but still get there by that same technology.

And I like the idea that technology, I would like that it would exist. It would seem to make a lot of sense. And it's inherently supported by what Bob lazar said, okay? And it is also inherently supported by what they're doing at cern. So Bob lazar said that he was brought in to I'm going to give a paraphrased version of his story, okay?

So forgive inaccuracies, but he said he was brought in as a genius to look at reverse engineering space alien engines after these other scientists blew themselves up in a mini nuclear explosion. And so he goes to Area 51, goes and examines one of these engines. And the engines turn out to be this really weird, complex and simple at the same time structure of these short tubes that are wavelength guides and a little area at the top and a generation unit down at the bottom. And the generation unit down at the bottom can be thought of as a cyclotron, very much like you have at cern, okay, where they whip energy around in circles and then crash it together. In this case, the energy was created in these little boxes, and it was shot up these tubes as small particles of what Bob lazar identified as element 115, which doesn't exist in our neck of the woods, but we know it exists in other areas because of spectrum spectromet.

And so he said that what happened was that these the particles would be shot up, these little waveguide tubes pop out of the tube, and up at the top there would be these ions. Up at the top would be the spinning atom of element 115. And as that particle comes across in this chamber, comes across the top, it's captured by this rotation of spin of element 115, and poof, something magical happens. Now, we've seen pictures of this something magical happening in some of these ufo images where there's a triangle spaceship, and then in the middle of it, this glowing light appears, and then the ball of light gets very large, and the spaceship and the light disappear, and it just collapses and goes away. Now, what's actually theoretically happening at that point is that the arc of that particle across element 115 allows you for a period to step outside of time and to basically bend space so you can travel with no time.

Unlike the Nummo who didn't care about time and trucked between the stars and these other ships, this one just basically takes position A and position B and takes time out of the loop and folds them together. And then you go to position B, and the two positions separate back to their previous distance, and you're over here in position B, and it took no time. It happened between heartbeats, so to speak. And this all happens because of cyclotrons that we see an incredible amount of work being put into there's 30,000 plus of these creatures, of these machines around the planet. Now, governments are spending a huge amount of their tax and other illegal gains on building more of them.

They require certain characteristics, which is why they abandoned the one in Texas. They couldn't find enough Courtsite to get the extra boost from the planetary magnetism to make that one work. So it makes sense that something like stargate would work. Okay. I don't know about the mechanism of how that ring would have actually tied the two areas together, but it makes sense that if they're doing it within the spaceships that they could do it in some other larger form.

It's interesting because it's not violating normal physics, so to speak. It's just saying that it's possible to separate time from space for a brief period of non time and take advantage of that. And it sounds cool as hell. It makes, like, oh, yeah, ultimate vacation. Yeah, absolutely.

Now, but what I'm wondering is, like you said, you can take these jumps. You can go from maybe one continent to another and fold space. But are they able to fold space to where they can go from here to jupiter or from here? There would be no limitation. Okay.

You could fold space across galaxies, all right? Because space is my way of thinking. Time is universally aggregated into the ever present. Now, space, on the other hand, is only clumped together and never really touches the space between. What we define as space is actually a little envelope around a bit of energy that is manifesting as an atom.

And so atoms can't blend. Your fingertips don't merge in with each other when you smash them together because they're protected by this little envelope kind of a concept in this reality. If my consciousness was resident on this tip here, I could put this one on there that the consciousness transmits to there and then instantly it's over here. Right? And so that's basically the idea.

It's quite intriguing. I know that there's something down in Antarctica that requires a lot more individuals because the other corroborating evidence, for instance, is that there's increased number of jobs. So in 2016, I think I discovered that there was one particular register that I follow on number of jobs in Antarctica where all of a sudden there was an explosion in different job types. Before, it was mainly mechanics, aircraft mechanics, fuel technicians, extreme cold technicians, welders, this kind of thing. All of a sudden, it's got massage therapists, nurses aides, these kind of things, right.

Lower tier levels of technical skills. And there were, like, 900 plus jobs that were open at the time that I first encountered this. That was in spring here. And they were hiring for delivery into antarctica in fall of that year. So that would have been 2016.

Now, if I go and look in that same register, there's over 3000 jobs. And some of them are really decent paying. And if I were 30 years younger, like, oh, that'd be great, be cool. I don't know that I would be allowed to work there because I'm a blabbermouth. But nonetheless and you look at the type of jobs that are there, you see that they're really standing.

They're preparing for basically colonization, long term human habitation, which must mean that there's got to be some level of resource that is driving all of this resources. And also I'm wondering about ancient technologies. They might have found bases or technology that is so far above the spectrum, even in the black ops spectrums, that they just have to secure it, they have to study it. And then they're probably going to be sending in a lot of people that are used to some of the nicer feature comforts. So how do you get a scientist to go to Antarctica that doesn't want to freeze his buttock?

We'll give you the future comforts and you get a massage. You can go this place lattes the whole deal, right? Star yucks out there, right?

Did you see that article clip from 2004 where it was some big wig environmentalist, they're like, oh, in 20 years we may all have to live in Antarctica because everything that the temperature is going to rise so much that Antarctica is going to be the only habitable zone. And it's funny because there was an article that kind of poked fun at that article recently that I read that said, well, it's still 80 below out there. As much as things change, they stay the same. And unless there is a huge fucking monstrous catastrophe, it's probably just going to be that slow boil. Things are going to change a bit here, a bit there.

And then I love how you brought up the cycles of the planets and how maybe it's not a binary star that's coming back. Maybe we're getting closer to a star. Maybe it's just saturn and jupiter, like you said, that can be verified based upon these yearly charts. I think that that's fascinating. If you can get down to the nitty gritty and understand the basics of the stars and the planets and the connections, then it gets rid of a lot of conspiracy.

And it really kind of enlightens you as a human being, as a being, as an individual, to say, wow, I understand things better now, so I don't have to go run into these tunnels that just don't make any sense. And I think the powers that we love that they can throw so much truth in plain sight because they've got so much bs with it that people don't even know what to believe anymore. And it's like, well, we told you the information is right there. And you're like, Well, I don't know what to believe because there's a million things that say different things. So what do you do?

You have to use your own intuition and you have to to do your own research. And I think it's nice we can get people such as Mr. Cliff high on the program because literally, I think that you must have had 15 lifetimes in one. You're probably one of the mental, aren't you? No, but look, you have to think about this too.

I've been a sailor since I was a young kid, okay? So, I mean, I was sailing in I was out on the water, on the ocean in the late 50s in Alaska and was sailing throughout the stuff. There was no GPS then. You had to do celestial navigation, you had to do coast wise, did reckoning you had to plot charts and all of this. Well, this is a rather tedious bit of work that they always fob off on the kids, okay?

So I decided to get good at it. It was sort of fun. Get out there with your sext. You take a noon sighting, you take a sunset site and so on, and you do all of the math and you feel really good about it when in fact, damn. Yeah, it is over there.

I told you we sail another 3 miles that way and we'll come to that port, just like the charts said. That's a very satisfying thing, but it also makes you think about other traditions for navigation. There were other systems that didn't involve celestial navigation, that involved complex trigonometry involving triangles and were practiced by the phoenicians and the greeks. And there was that device I can't think of what the name of it is they found at the bottom of the aegean and they replicated it. And damned if it isn't a navigation device every bit as sophisticated as a sextant.

In fact, more so. And it plotted even lunar phases and tides and things and you could localize it. So we've been at this a long time and I've just been fascinated by the history of it all, which led me to read extensively back into the history of small boating because I was never into big ships or anything. And you find that there's a true history of anomalous things discovered by boaters. So I've got a book that's not all that old in which the author has reproduced articles from the 18 hundreds about the 160 plus stell Egyptian symbols on one side hieroglyphs.

There was three other languages on the other three sides and these things dotted the Louisiana Delta and in fact were a navigation system to find your way up into the Mississippi River. And they were taken out of existence in the late 18 hundreds and stashed away. But this article was written in like 1838 or something, and it was for the maritime community. And you read about these same kind of things off the coast of New Zealand found in remote areas in in polynesia melanesia regions of the planet in the South Pacific and were well known to the polynesian voyagers. So it's all quite fascinating and you see that we were all real intimately connected.

You also read that in the same kind of publications as this one, publications for small mariners, for mariners of small votes about Egyptian doublehold craft that came from Egypt and went all the way to Australia and landed on the south coast of Australia where they were mining things. And so, you know, it's kind of funny. You get history lessons. None of this really cool stuff is in there.

Not only that, you've got these large institutions that anytime they find something out of the norm, well, let's just tuck it away. For example, you probably read that article about how they found a 30 or 40 ton coffin of black granites 15ft underground in the alexandria region. So they pull this thing out and then they're like, oh, well, we found three skeletons in there with a bunch of sewer water. That red stuff. That's just sewer water.

So I'm thinking to myself, okay, and then the comments that I did a video about this clip, and the comments that people are making are there's some very incredible comments. And then at the same time, there's some comments I'm like, how did you make it as long as you did drive to work? Or do you have to have I mean, it's just amazing, some of the ignorance that's out there. But okay, so you build a 30 ton, 40 ton, let's just say 30 ton, a 30 ton, that's £60,000 for a coffin to put three people in that's 10ft wide by 5ft long. And then somehow sewer water manages to breach inside of this giant vault.

And then it's just normal people. You're like, oh, yeah, it was just some soldiers. Where are you going to get the material? How much money is that going to cost back in the day? Where are you going to excavate all that grant and you're just going to bury them?

Oh, yeah, just soldiers, no big deal. Yeah, no, I know the out of place artifacts and the anomalous archaeology can swamp the system, and they're in the process of doing that now. It's awful hard to deny so much of it has been destroyed by our effective guardians of the historical paradigm, like smithsonian, et cetera, right? And like the masons who were a paid arm of the powers that be that ran the smithsonian that decided, you can't have giant skeletons show up, we can't have strange beasts and this kind of thing in areas that we don't want. So it's all very much like kennewick man they found on that skeleton they found on the kennewick River here in Washington State that the tribe said, oh, no, he's our red haired, white skin, pale blue eyes, caucasian that was older than any of.

The local indigenous tribes could lay claim to, and yet he was somehow a local indigenous tribe member and gets hustled off and buried real quick, right? So it's just really odd. And then the more modern strangeness by the powers that be included, they're building subways in Seattle and they send in the giant boring machine, and it gets stuck for how many months? Because of supposedly running into a steel pipe. And it's like, Wait a second, this thing can bore through solid rock and granite and all of this kind of stuff and create areas like norad.

But a little tiny steel pipe from the 19 hundreds gets it hung up for months and months and months and months. So some stuff just does not add up. Well, it's cliff they treat people like their sheep and they take it. Okay? It's the steel pipe.

The official told me. So, okay, we start talking in tongues and stuff. I'm amazed that humanity is where it is. I'm amazed that, like, we're still here, Cliff.

It has to do with the power curve, though. The thing that they call the power curve. The power curve is misnamed, in my opinion. But what it actually is, it represents the amount of people that are actually working on any given problem at any given time. And it's well represented by wikipedia, whatever you think about it, okay?

The mechanism by which wikipedia works is that you see a page and it's self policing, and there might be 80 or 90 people that have contributed to it, maybe in some subjects. There's hundreds of people that have contributed to this page and edited it over time. Some of them have been malicious and so on. And we can just discount those those people that had the vast majority that had good intent. You discover that that page has actually developed and written and maintained by one or two people that do 98% of the work, okay?

And so it's actually a small subset of the total human population that is actively involved in propelling the whole species forward. If you want to use a metaphor. It's very much like the sun dragging the planets. There's probably 20% of the population of the humanity that's dragging the other 80% along into a better future, right? And this is where the danger lies, because if you got a control mechanism that controls that 20%, you can narrow down the options.

And humanity doesn't get to express as wide a view of its own future. So you get the people that are denying aliens, denying reverse technologies, denying anything found in antarctica, et cetera, et cetera, in this very narrow paradigm of history. It can get the whole species stuck behind basically a group of budgets that have narrowed us down to a very fine number of options, when, in fact, the 20% that's out here is actually doing its best to express a wider and wider and wider range of options so that we can choose the more effective path. Who's John dolph? Exactly.

It's all self selecting. That's just the way the universe makes it. Right? You just get disgusted, and you say, well, if no one else could do it, I got to go clean up that mess. Yeah, exactly.

Absolutely. And, you know, it's funny clip, because we have had I have had no internet connection problems with this interview thus far. As soon as I get done with my rant, your screen freezes. My screen freezes, everything freezes up, and now it's just kind of choppy. But everybody's saying that it's going through fine on their end.

I don't know.

This has been amazing, Cliff. You always make my day and my weekend and my week and just amazed to talk to you. I'm so glad that you're doing better, and I have so much respect for you. I've got a few questions from the audience. Is that okay?

Sure. Cool. Okay. The first one says, this is from Robert, says, cliff, I miss you. I love your level headedness.

So level headedness. I don't know about that, but I guess you're pretty fringe, man. But at the same time, you have such a smooth level to bring the fringe. It's like, wow, that doesn't even sound fringe anymore. That sounds normal.

This question is from lester says Leak project. Ask Cliff about brill parasites and what he knows. That's a great question. I think I saw one of those ones. You would?

You did? I don't know, man. Let me just real quick. I'll tell you the story, because there's this one guy that I used to kind of read some of his blogs and stuff. He's totally schizophrenic.

I mean, he's absolutely crazy, and he even admits it and he says it, but he's also something's up with this dude. Like, there's some of the stuff he talks about it's in code and stuff like that. But there's this one video that I saw of him where he's eating in a restaurant and he's just eating this burger or something like that. And he's talking about there's this other guy that's, like, watching him, and he thinks he's a targeted individual. And he might be, but this thing comes out of this food, and it looked like some type of little I don't know, it looked like a little alien parasite ghost or something that's like wait.

And he saw it, and I saw it, and everybody to watch the video can see it, but it was just so weird. I'm like, what the hell is that? I don't know. Okay, well, I can buy into the idea of energetic beings that are not visible to our normal senses, okay? Because I know that normally the vast majority of people don't walk around and see auras.

But if you go into an aikido class and you go into aikido workout, key, energy breathing and this kind of thing for an hour and a half under fluorescent lights, lots of those ordinary people do see the auras of the people that they're working with and they'll see those auras hovering lightly over the skin. They may or may not have color, they may be whiteish, but they're always iridescent and somewhat energetic after that activity because you've enhanced your key force, your chi, your prana, your life energy as a result of these exercises. It's also true in such martial arts as Nikung, tai chi and a few of these others, right? So it can happen to humans that you can see an enhanced level of that human presence now in other kinds of conditions, like where you have channelers. I personally observed this myself in the days when I was doing a lot of Ikito and I was walking around all charged up and I happened to run across the channeling situation.

And in that room you can see that there is indeed something that is feeding on the energies of the humans that are involved. And I was a very disruptive source in that field. When I came on in. This channeling had already been going on for like a half an hour. This was over at evergreen State College.

I happened to be walking by one of the larger rooms down with the CRC they're gymnasium and had just left an Iketo class. And so it's all charged up. I walked on by, I backed up, went on into the door and stood there for a minute or two and watched what was going on. And it was this person at the head of this area and everybody was focused on them and this person was doing channeling, which I thought was bullshit at the time and I was very closed to. I was also very charged with the key energy and I could see that everybody's aura was actually being fed upon by energies that hovered around the top of the chandler.

And I was all creeped out by it. And my distaste for it, my energetic response to it, caused that energy above that person to become very disjointed and very upset. And that channeling started breaking up and that person sort of came out of it, was very irritated, and was obviously focused on me as the source of that irritation. And I left. I know that the other descriptions from people whose work I've read, like Thinking and Destiny, these kind of very large tomes where they really concentrate and think about it, that indeed you can have energetic parasitic activity at various different kinds of levels.

And then also if you do psychedelics and you take like dmt or some of these other more pure forms of psychedelics, you frequently encounter intelligences that are nonhuman, that are not reachable by your normal sensory apparatus. And under those circumstances you can see other less evolved intelligences that are more parasitic and that are feeding on or attempt to feed on others. So I certainly buy the idea that parasitism exists at an energetic level in universe because we see it at a physical level, sort of the as above, as below kind of thing. Right. If it's manifesting as a physical paradigm, in the physical paradigm, then I'm quite certain it also existed in the energetic version of that paradigm.

So the brill and the germans, that's just labels, so we have to be careful about those. Right, okay. So the germans had one particular idea of it. The hindus have another particular idea of it. They call it devi sometimes and other disembodied.

And the Muslim people, they're genies or jinn. And it's just a wide it's a descriptor. That's all. Okay, yeah, great. So the brill could be, depending on which culture, they'll just have a different name for it.

It's not once. I like that. And that makes a lot of sense. I appreciate that. That's definitely resonating.

And this question is from razi. Did you hear about those energy waves and the particles that hit West Africa from antarctica? Yes, I've seen a lot of the mimic screenshots in which they capture those things. Yeah, it's very interesting. And you see that there's also coincident weather impacts.

So there's weather impacts as a result of these things. I think maybe they're trying to dampen down some of the hurricane activity and so on that we see in the western Pacific towards Japan. The problem with doing this is that the hurricanes as a mechanism on the planet are designed to carry heat accumulating on the equator up and down to the poles. And so I don't know if it's a wise idea that we would be monkeying around with weather at that level, but given that we're putting chemtrails in the sky, it seems kind of moved. It sure does.

And Cliff, there's a lot of people that are saying now that you're not doing the alpha reports and stuff. Do you still blog? Are you still keeping up on the cryptos and how can they get in contact with you and how can they keep up with your work? Well, I'm producing the Bare Naked Wealth reports around cryptos and I'll put in a section that describes the general environment in which these crypto forecasts are going to manifest. So there is some of the kind of Alter report stuff in there about weather and expansion effects because they are indeed going to be impacting the financial world as well.

So, for instance, there's economic repercussions to the volcano going off in Hawaii. And that has to be taken into account if one's going to be investing in that region or looking for even it'll impact even cryptocurrencies in that area. So just these kind of things as they go along, the fires in California, et cetera, the loss of the resources, the rebuilding, these kind of forecasts are sort of still built into the Bare Naked Wealth reports, which I'll continue producing as long as we have clean data on the cryptocurrencies. I've been able to overcome some of the problems of the manipulation of the cryptocurrency world by Mount gox trustee this past year. That's what caused the seven months of a bear market in the midst of a bull market.

It probably would have occurred at some level anyway, simply because those things do occur, but it was exacerbated and controlled slightly by his selling off all of these bitcoin which depressed the market. We're starting to come out of that. So those reports will continue to be produced, but my schedule is going to be somewhat more casual simply because I've got stuff to do in preparation for all the earth changes. We have to get another place and settle in with a different set of circumstances here because we have needs for basically staying out of the system is how I want to put it. At some point we may see food production collapse at a big level.

So under the circumstances, it makes sense to be somewhat more rural, to have as much of your food supply in your own control as possible and to prepare for those kind of events that make sense. Have a supply of biodiesel and a diesel generator, those kind of things. Right. And I need to relocate again in order to get closer to an ideal. And also for kathy and myself, we need to be a little bit closer to generalized services.

So under the circumstances, I'm not that motivated to produce yet more crypto reports, but I'll be doing a couple at least throughout the rest of this year. Yeah, absolutely. I mean, you've got a lot going on right now, the move and everything else. And also what you told me last time you were on the show about how somebody actually broke into your late, that's insane. I'm so glad that you're doing good and hopefully that won't happen again.

Maybe you could get more cameras and just put a bunch of sides of things. You are getting real serious about the security part of it. Yeah. Simply because of that experience, right? Absolutely.

I've got some other projects that I want to get going now that I'm not going to be dealing with ongoing health issues, but it'll take me a number of months to recover. This is major abdominal surgery and I'm barely two weeks out of it and it's been somewhat debilitating. I mean, it's a real kick in the gut, right? I've had wounds, but yeah, exactly. Had wounds before, but never anything that was a deliberate disembowelment.

So it's quite the challenge. But things are proceeding along pretty good, doing well that way and so starting to think about expanding activities a bit more. Awesome. Yeah, that's great. And you certainly are.

You look great, you sound great and this information is amazing and there's not many people who would probably be able to do what you're doing right now after that literally getting the chunk taken out of your body. This question is from sherry, what does Cliff think about women being the only true stargates for human consciousness to enter into the planet? I don't think that's the case. Okay. I follow the idea of the triumph human, as is expressed by harold percival in Thinking and Destiny.

And so every one of us can be separated into three basic mind clusters. One of the minds is called the doer in the body. The other two minds are the thinking mind and the knowing mind. Okay. The knowing mind might be considered to be our intuition.

The thinking mind is where we actually do cogitation, which very few people do. Well, says our internet connection is unstable. But in any event, so the doer in the body is only part of our consciousness and it's as much as can be shoved into the body. And most of our minds are not within the body and thus are referred to as our higher selves. Okay?

So within that model, we are both genders, just sequentially. So the doer in the body is actually even smaller than we might think because that Dewer in the body, that part of our consciousness is sliced into twelve parts, six of which are male, six of which are female. And so you alternate. So then my next life, my consciousness, and by next life it may be concurrent with this one. I have no way of knowing, but my consciousness will produce in a female body.

Time after that will be a male body, which will resemble curiously, very much the male body I have now. As a male, my incarnation might be separated by several thousands of years. Because of the nature of the amount of energy you put forth in universe, you got to recover, you got to recharge your battery. So the bigger impact you have on universe, the longer your deep sleep is your rest where you recharge for the next life because you're growing in this progression and it's presumed that in your next life you'll put out even more energy, right, and have a bigger impact and so on. Now alternatingly, it's male, female, male, female.

This leads to the idea of the idea that some people have that they're males trapped in female bodies and so on. It's the bleed through of these lives and that's actually what's going on. And that's why we have this. The idea of transgenderism is actually related to this particular model of what humanity is. So no, I don't think that that's the case that females are a gateway for new souls in particular because universe decides basically who's going to be born when, but the souls are in reuse, right?

So reincarnation is more the rule and there's very few times of new souls being created. Makes sense. It does make sense. And it sounds exciting because if you have an amazing life and you make a big impact in this one, and then if you have an even better impact in the next that's incredible. And I was kind of wondering about that the other day when I heard these stories about, okay, well, in this life you might be a firefighter.

In the next life, you might be a rock star. The next life you might be a farmer or whatever. But there was this one comment about it was like this view who made this comment? If you think you're going to be a better person in your next life just because you're transforming and you're going to the other side, well, you're taking everything you've done with you. If you're a real ahole in this life, and you're what most would consider a bad person, if you have a conscience, don't expect to go into the next life being Mother teresa or Gandhi or somebody that's going to be just an amazing person to help out others.

Well, there's other aspects of it at a mechanistic level, when you go from life to life, you don't take memories. So anybody that says they're going to regress you and get actual memories of your past lives is feeding you a bunch of horseshit. What you do get, though, is that the process of the medium psychosis, okay, that's the period of consciousness between lives. The period of consciousness after you've passed over the death barrier is called metam psychosis. This has been highly detailed and looked at by dozens of cultures.

And in that medium psychosis, you go to Hell and you go to heaven. You go to both. You're in both simultaneously. What goes to hell is your soul. Your soul goes there and has all of the crap, all the karma and everything that you've pulled in in this life and all of the things you've learned from this life burned off into a thick, syrupy mass.

That's called your intuition. Then the soul is purified for your next life, and it sits around and waits. It's not conscious of itself. It has no consciousness at that level. It only has a consciousness of the task, which is to reproduce another male that looks like Rex at that particular age.

So you'll find if you have the enlightenment experience, you're presented with your universal face, you'll be quite shocked because your universal face will never show you an 80 year old woman. It'll always show you something. Your age will always determine what universal face you see during these enlightenment experiences. And you'll see basically, your face replicated in different races. Hair, sometimes no hair, the other times various different kinds of permutations, but basically that same face.

And so the soul is attempting to replicate this each and every time. And that's how it passes karma into your next life. It boils down all of this other stuff in it. That's your intuition that goes up into the knowing mind, which as the doer and the body, you're walking along one day, and you see, you know, something shiny next to across the fence, next to the horse's hoof, right? And you think, aha, that shiny thing is something I want to acquire.

You think it's a watch or a diamond or something like this. Your intuition is your knowing mind that reaches down into your consciousness and says, no, dude, don't stick your hand next to that horse's hoof, it's only going to lead to trouble, right? And you can ignore that voice and stick your hand next to the horse's hoof for that shiny thing that you think you want to have. Or you can listen to it and not do it and examine it or get a stick or something like this. And that's your intuition that you've picked up from the previous life when your hand was crushed by putting it next to a horse's hook to pick up a shiny thing.

And we see this manifesting and I won't name her name, but you know who I'm talking about because we both know her. We see this expressing itself in humanity right now, in people that you and I will run into. So for instance, we both know a woman that sleeps with a fire extinguisher next to her bed. And why is this? And given the nature of what she does for a living, it would be in her natural inclination into thing, it would make sense to think, aha, this is a woman who in the past may have been caught up in an inquisition and burned to death, right?

And that that's expressing his intuition in this life in which she has this incredible karmic relationship with fire such that she feels she's always got to have a fire extinguisher there. And she has no basis in this life for that. So obviously she brought it with her to this life as a result of running into situations in some previous life. Also, it is the nature of creation that the more damaging way in which you go that there's various different ways you can die, some of which affect your medium psychosis and how long you're in there. And in fact, when the king of France and the Pope tried to they actually did.

When they crushed the Knights templar and destroyed the Catharian civilization in the last of the gnostics in the Catholic church, they burned these people. And they did it quite deliberately because they wanted to kick their metam psychosis out to the far limits of what is possible simply on the trauma. You know, the trauma of dying creates a certain need for recuperative time. And so the more traumatic way in which you die, the greater amount of time you're going to spend in the deep sleep after your heaven and your hell. When you're in heaven, the feeling is perpetual.

There's no time and it's just you and your thoughts and everything in a state of joy or feeling good. There's no other beings in there because they would jostle you. And, you know, I might be in a bad mood if I were in your heaven and it would, you know, screw over your day, right. That kind of thing. So that can't happen.

It's all individualistic and at the same time, your soul is going through hell and getting all this stuff burned out of it, all the karma, so that it's pure the next time around. And so these mechanisms are relatively well known at that particular level. Sort of makes sense. It does. And it's incredible to think about how we are a universal being and we're just experiencing a physical ride right now and this isn't it.

There's so much more to this. And I really came to that conclusion the first time I had an out of body experience. And I wasn't even trying to I was just going to sleep and I popped out my body and wow, it was incredible. Happened twice the same night. It freaked me out.

Yeah, it's freaky stuff. Since then, I've studied it and I've learned how to actually sometimes I can't do it every time, but sometimes I can actually force myself to have an out of body experience. And I love it. Now I'll see how far out I can go, but when I first did it, I was under that Christian mindset that like, okay, if I come out of my body, is there going to be a demon that's going to hop in and take over? That's what happened, folks.

No, actually, if you do it correctly, according to the tradition, you always leave the silver thread to get yourself back there. All you have to do is yank on the thread, you're instantly back in your body and the connection of that thread protects your consciousness within the body while you're gone. But be advised that it's not all light and niceness out there and there are indeed very scary entities that you can run into given those circumstances. I've done this on my own and I know they're really scary bastards. There's some spooky dudes out there.

Absolutely. Cliff, you are amazing. I really appreciate you coming on the program. I really appreciate you sharing this just priceless knowledge with us and giving people a different perspective and information that you're not going to find in the brain drain media. Is there anything that you would like to share with us in closing out?

And once again, just this has been awesome. I would just say keep your eye on antarctica. The Powers That Beer are seriously ramping up, so it's got to mean something's happening down there. Indeed, and I can't wait to see what it is. Hopefully it's not going to be like these giant transformer machines that come out.

fema camp over there. fema camp. You think for yourself. Yeah. I'm hoping that Hollywood, if Hollywood creates it, it can never happen.

Good point. Well, ladies and gentlemen, thank you so much for joining us. This has been amazing. Be excellent to each other. And also, if you want to take advantage of that great opportunity right now that My Patriot Supply is offering 92 mils for $75.

That's two weeks worth of food, breakfast, lunches, dinners. And they've also got stuff for longer term, if you're thinking longer term. But you also want to have short term food supplies. You can get organic seeds, water, filtration systems. My patriot supply.

Click, take the link, prepare with leak. Ladies and gentlemen, be extra to each other. Be the change you want to see.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.